Use go's vendoring (#284)

* store dependency's in git

* since we vendor ... rm tech-depts

* aad make target 'vendor' to update vendor folder (manual task)

.gitignore

@@ -17,9 +17,6 @@
 # Output of the go coverage tool, specifically when used with LiteIDE
 *.out
 
-# Dependency directories
-vendor/
-
 ### Frontend ###
 web/node_modules
 web/dist/files

.woodpecker/main.yml

@@ -7,7 +7,6 @@ pipeline:
     image: golang:1.16
     group: test
     commands:
-      - make deps
       - make test
       - make vet
       - make formatcheck

Makefile

@@ -19,13 +19,9 @@ _with-docker:
 
 all: deps build
 
-deps:
-	go get -u golang.org/x/net/context
-	go get -u golang.org/x/net/context/ctxhttp
-	go get -u github.com/golang/protobuf/proto
-	go get -u github.com/golang/protobuf/protoc-gen-go
-	go get -d docker.io/go-docker
-	go get -d github.com/jackspirou/syscerts
+vendor:
+	go mod tidy
+	go mod vendor
 
 formatcheck:
 	@([ -z "$(shell gofmt -d $(GOFILES_NOVENDOR) | head)" ]) || (echo "Source is unformatted"; exit 1)
@@ -50,13 +46,9 @@ test-server:
 	$(DOCKER_RUN) go test -race -timeout 30s github.com/woodpecker-ci/woodpecker/cmd/drone-server
 
 test-frontend:
-		(cd web/; yarn run test)
+	(cd web/; yarn run test)
 
 test-lib:
-	go get github.com/woodpecker-ci/woodpecker/cncd/pipeline/pipec
-	go get github.com/woodpecker-ci/woodpecker/remote/mock
-	go get github.com/woodpecker-ci/woodpecker/cli/drone/internal
-	go get -t github.com/woodpecker-ci/woodpecker/cncd/pipeline/pipeline/frontend/yaml
 	$(DOCKER_RUN) go test -race -timeout 30s $(shell go list ./... | grep -v '/cmd/')
 
 test: test-lib test-agent test-server
@@ -70,7 +62,6 @@ build-server:
 build-frontend:
 	(cd web/; yarn run build)
 
-
 build: build-agent build-server
 
 release-agent:

go.mod

@@ -56,13 +56,13 @@ require (
 	github.com/urfave/cli v1.22.4
 	github.com/woodpecker-ci/expr v0.0.0-20210628233344-164b8b3d0915
 	golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20200510223506-06a226fb4e37
-	golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20210614182718-04defd469f4e
+	golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20210825183410-e898025ed96a
 	golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20200107190931-bf48bf16ab8d
 	golang.org/x/sync v0.0.0-20200317015054-43a5402ce75a
 	google.golang.org/appengine v1.6.6 // indirect
 	google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20200526211855-cb27e3aa2013 // indirect
 	google.golang.org/grpc v1.29.1
-	google.golang.org/protobuf v1.27.0 // indirect
+	google.golang.org/protobuf v1.27.1 // indirect
 	gopkg.in/check.v1 v1.0.0-20200227125254-8fa46927fb4f // indirect
 	gopkg.in/yaml.v2 v2.3.0 // indirect
 	gopkg.in/yaml.v3 v3.0.0-20200506231410-2ff61e1afc86

go.sum

@@ -250,8 +250,8 @@ golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20190603091049-60506f45cf65/go.mod h1:HSz+uSET+XFnRR8LxR
 golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20190613194153-d28f0bde5980/go.mod h1:z5CRVTTTmAJ677TzLLGU+0bjPO0LkuOLi4/5GtJWs/s=
 golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20190620200207-3b0461eec859/go.mod h1:z5CRVTTTmAJ677TzLLGU+0bjPO0LkuOLi4/5GtJWs/s=
 golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20200226121028-0de0cce0169b/go.mod h1:z5CRVTTTmAJ677TzLLGU+0bjPO0LkuOLi4/5GtJWs/s=
-golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20210614182718-04defd469f4e h1:XpT3nA5TvE525Ne3hInMh6+GETgn27Zfm9dxsThnX2Q=
-golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20210614182718-04defd469f4e/go.mod h1:9nx3DQGgdP8bBQD5qxJ1jj9UTztislL4KSBs9R2vV5Y=
+golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20210825183410-e898025ed96a h1:bRuuGXV8wwSdGTB+CtJf+FjgO1APK1CoO39T4BN/XBw=
+golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20210825183410-e898025ed96a/go.mod h1:9nx3DQGgdP8bBQD5qxJ1jj9UTztislL4KSBs9R2vV5Y=
 golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20180821212333-d2e6202438be/go.mod h1:N/0e6XlmueqKjAGxoOufVs8QHGRruUQn6yWY3a++T0U=
 golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20200107190931-bf48bf16ab8d h1:TzXSXBo42m9gQenoE3b9BGiEpg5IG2JkU5FkPIawgtw=
 golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20200107190931-bf48bf16ab8d/go.mod h1:gOpvHmFTYa4IltrdGE7lF6nIHvwfUNPOp7c8zoXwtLw=
@@ -316,8 +316,8 @@ google.golang.org/protobuf v1.22.0/go.mod h1:EGpADcykh3NcUnDUJcl1+ZksZNG86OlYog2
 google.golang.org/protobuf v1.23.1-0.20200526195155-81db48ad09cc/go.mod h1:EGpADcykh3NcUnDUJcl1+ZksZNG86OlYog2l/sGQquU=
 google.golang.org/protobuf v1.26.0-rc.1/go.mod h1:jlhhOSvTdKEhbULTjvd4ARK9grFBp09yW+WbY/TyQbw=
 google.golang.org/protobuf v1.26.0/go.mod h1:9q0QmTI4eRPtz6boOQmLYwt+qCgq0jsYwAQnmE0givc=
-google.golang.org/protobuf v1.27.0 h1:KhgSLlr/moiqjv0qUsSnLvdUL7NH7PHW8aZGn7Jpjko=
-google.golang.org/protobuf v1.27.0/go.mod h1:9q0QmTI4eRPtz6boOQmLYwt+qCgq0jsYwAQnmE0givc=
+google.golang.org/protobuf v1.27.1 h1:SnqbnDw1V7RiZcXPx5MEeqPv2s79L9i7BJUlG/+RurQ=
+google.golang.org/protobuf v1.27.1/go.mod h1:9q0QmTI4eRPtz6boOQmLYwt+qCgq0jsYwAQnmE0givc=
 gopkg.in/alecthomas/kingpin.v2 v2.2.6/go.mod h1:FMv+mEhP44yOT+4EoQTLFTRgOQ1FBLkstjWtayDeSgw=
 gopkg.in/check.v1 v0.0.0-20161208181325-20d25e280405/go.mod h1:Co6ibVJAznAaIkqp8huTwlJQCZ016jof/cbN4VW5Yz0=
 gopkg.in/check.v1 v1.0.0-20190902080502-41f04d3bba15/go.mod h1:Co6ibVJAznAaIkqp8huTwlJQCZ016jof/cbN4VW5Yz0=

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Copyright (c) 2016 The Gitea Authors
+Copyright (c) 2014 The Gogs Authors
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_cron.go

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// CronTask represents a Cron task
+type CronTask struct {
+	Name      string    `json:"name"`
+	Schedule  string    `json:"schedule"`
+	Next      time.Time `json:"next"`
+	Prev      time.Time `json:"prev"`
+	ExecTimes int64     `json:"exec_times"`
+}
+
+// ListCronTaskOptions list options for ListCronTasks
+type ListCronTaskOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListCronTasks list available cron tasks
+func (c *Client) ListCronTasks(opt ListCronTaskOptions) ([]*CronTask, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	ct := make([]*CronTask, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/cron?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), jsonHeader, nil, &ct)
+	return ct, resp, err
+}
+
+// RunCronTasks run a cron task
+func (c *Client) RunCronTasks(task string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&task); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/cron/%s", task), jsonHeader, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_org.go

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// AdminListOrgsOptions options for listing admin's organizations
+type AdminListOrgsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// AdminListOrgs lists all orgs
+func (c *Client) AdminListOrgs(opt AdminListOrgsOptions) ([]*Organization, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	orgs := make([]*Organization, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/orgs?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &orgs)
+	return orgs, resp, err
+}
+
+// AdminCreateOrg create an organization
+func (c *Client) AdminCreateOrg(user string, opt CreateOrgOption) (*Organization, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	org := new(Organization)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s/orgs", user), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), org)
+	return org, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_repo.go

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// AdminCreateRepo create a repo
+func (c *Client) AdminCreateRepo(user string, opt CreateRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s/repos", user), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_user.go

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// AdminListUsersOptions options for listing admin users
+type AdminListUsersOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// AdminListUsers lists all users
+func (c *Client) AdminListUsers(opt AdminListUsersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users)
+	return users, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateUserOption create user options
+type CreateUserOption struct {
+	SourceID           int64        `json:"source_id"`
+	LoginName          string       `json:"login_name"`
+	Username           string       `json:"username"`
+	FullName           string       `json:"full_name"`
+	Email              string       `json:"email"`
+	Password           string       `json:"password"`
+	MustChangePassword *bool        `json:"must_change_password"`
+	SendNotify         bool         `json:"send_notify"`
+	Visibility         *VisibleType `json:"visibility"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateUserOption struct
+func (opt CreateUserOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.Email) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("email is empty")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Username) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("username is empty")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// AdminCreateUser create a user
+func (c *Client) AdminCreateUser(opt CreateUserOption) (*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	user := new(User)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/admin/users", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), user)
+	return user, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditUserOption edit user options
+type EditUserOption struct {
+	SourceID                int64        `json:"source_id"`
+	LoginName               string       `json:"login_name"`
+	Email                   *string      `json:"email"`
+	FullName                *string      `json:"full_name"`
+	Password                string       `json:"password"`
+	Description             *string      `json:"description"`
+	MustChangePassword      *bool        `json:"must_change_password"`
+	Website                 *string      `json:"website"`
+	Location                *string      `json:"location"`
+	Active                  *bool        `json:"active"`
+	Admin                   *bool        `json:"admin"`
+	AllowGitHook            *bool        `json:"allow_git_hook"`
+	AllowImportLocal        *bool        `json:"allow_import_local"`
+	MaxRepoCreation         *int         `json:"max_repo_creation"`
+	ProhibitLogin           *bool        `json:"prohibit_login"`
+	AllowCreateOrganization *bool        `json:"allow_create_organization"`
+	Restricted              *bool        `json:"restricted"`
+	Visibility              *VisibleType `json:"visibility"`
+}
+
+// AdminEditUser modify user informations
+func (c *Client) AdminEditUser(user string, opt EditUserOption) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s", user), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// AdminDeleteUser delete one user according name
+func (c *Client) AdminDeleteUser(user string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s", user), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// AdminCreateUserPublicKey adds a public key for the user
+func (c *Client) AdminCreateUserPublicKey(user string, opt CreateKeyOption) (*PublicKey, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	key := new(PublicKey)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s/keys", user), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), key)
+	return key, resp, err
+}
+
+// AdminDeleteUserPublicKey deletes a user's public key
+func (c *Client) AdminDeleteUserPublicKey(user string, keyID int) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s/keys/%d", user, keyID), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/attachment.go

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea // import "code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea"
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"mime/multipart"
+	"net/http"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Attachment a generic attachment
+type Attachment struct {
+	ID            int64     `json:"id"`
+	Name          string    `json:"name"`
+	Size          int64     `json:"size"`
+	DownloadCount int64     `json:"download_count"`
+	Created       time.Time `json:"created_at"`
+	UUID          string    `json:"uuid"`
+	DownloadURL   string    `json:"browser_download_url"`
+}
+
+// ListReleaseAttachmentsOptions options for listing release's attachments
+type ListReleaseAttachmentsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListReleaseAttachments list release's attachments
+func (c *Client) ListReleaseAttachments(user, repo string, release int64, opt ListReleaseAttachmentsOptions) ([]*Attachment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	attachments := make([]*Attachment, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets?%s", user, repo, release, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()),
+		nil, nil, &attachments)
+	return attachments, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetReleaseAttachment returns the requested attachment
+func (c *Client) GetReleaseAttachment(user, repo string, release int64, id int64) (*Attachment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	a := new(Attachment)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets/%d", user, repo, release, id),
+		nil, nil, &a)
+	return a, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateReleaseAttachment creates an attachment for the given release
+func (c *Client) CreateReleaseAttachment(user, repo string, release int64, file io.Reader, filename string) (*Attachment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	// Write file to body
+	body := new(bytes.Buffer)
+	writer := multipart.NewWriter(body)
+	part, err := writer.CreateFormFile("attachment", filename)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	if _, err = io.Copy(part, file); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err = writer.Close(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	// Send request
+	attachment := new(Attachment)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets", user, repo, release),
+		http.Header{"Content-Type": {writer.FormDataContentType()}}, body, &attachment)
+	return attachment, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditAttachmentOptions options for editing attachments
+type EditAttachmentOptions struct {
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+}
+
+// EditReleaseAttachment updates the given attachment with the given options
+func (c *Client) EditReleaseAttachment(user, repo string, release int64, attachment int64, form EditAttachmentOptions) (*Attachment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&form)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	attach := new(Attachment)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets/%d", user, repo, release, attachment), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), attach)
+	return attach, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteReleaseAttachment deletes the given attachment including the uploaded file
+func (c *Client) DeleteReleaseAttachment(user, repo string, release int64, id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets/%d", user, repo, release, id), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/client.go

@@ -0,0 +1,333 @@
+// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"io/ioutil"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/url"
+	"strings"
+	"sync"
+
+	"github.com/hashicorp/go-version"
+)
+
+var jsonHeader = http.Header{"content-type": []string{"application/json"}}
+
+// Version return the library version
+func Version() string {
+	return "0.14.0"
+}
+
+// Client represents a thread-safe Gitea API client.
+type Client struct {
+	url            string
+	accessToken    string
+	username       string
+	password       string
+	otp            string
+	sudo           string
+	debug          bool
+	client         *http.Client
+	ctx            context.Context
+	mutex          sync.RWMutex
+	serverVersion  *version.Version
+	getVersionOnce sync.Once
+}
+
+// Response represents the gitea response
+type Response struct {
+	*http.Response
+}
+
+// NewClient initializes and returns a API client.
+// Usage of all gitea.Client methods is concurrency-safe.
+func NewClient(url string, options ...func(*Client)) (*Client, error) {
+	client := &Client{
+		url:    strings.TrimSuffix(url, "/"),
+		client: &http.Client{},
+		ctx:    context.Background(),
+	}
+	for _, opt := range options {
+		opt(client)
+	}
+	if err := client.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_11_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return client, nil
+}
+
+// NewClientWithHTTP creates an API client with a custom http client
+// Deprecated use SetHTTPClient option
+func NewClientWithHTTP(url string, httpClient *http.Client) *Client {
+	client, _ := NewClient(url, SetHTTPClient(httpClient))
+	return client
+}
+
+// SetHTTPClient is an option for NewClient to set custom http client
+func SetHTTPClient(httpClient *http.Client) func(client *Client) {
+	return func(client *Client) {
+		client.SetHTTPClient(httpClient)
+	}
+}
+
+// SetHTTPClient replaces default http.Client with user given one.
+func (c *Client) SetHTTPClient(client *http.Client) {
+	c.mutex.Lock()
+	c.client = client
+	c.mutex.Unlock()
+}
+
+// SetToken is an option for NewClient to set token
+func SetToken(token string) func(client *Client) {
+	return func(client *Client) {
+		client.mutex.Lock()
+		client.accessToken = token
+		client.mutex.Unlock()
+	}
+}
+
+// SetBasicAuth is an option for NewClient to set username and password
+func SetBasicAuth(username, password string) func(client *Client) {
+	return func(client *Client) {
+		client.SetBasicAuth(username, password)
+	}
+}
+
+// SetBasicAuth sets username and password
+func (c *Client) SetBasicAuth(username, password string) {
+	c.mutex.Lock()
+	c.username, c.password = username, password
+	c.mutex.Unlock()
+}
+
+// SetOTP is an option for NewClient to set OTP for 2FA
+func SetOTP(otp string) func(client *Client) {
+	return func(client *Client) {
+		client.SetOTP(otp)
+	}
+}
+
+// SetOTP sets OTP for 2FA
+func (c *Client) SetOTP(otp string) {
+	c.mutex.Lock()
+	c.otp = otp
+	c.mutex.Unlock()
+}
+
+// SetContext is an option for NewClient to set context
+func SetContext(ctx context.Context) func(client *Client) {
+	return func(client *Client) {
+		client.SetContext(ctx)
+	}
+}
+
+// SetContext set context witch is used for http requests
+func (c *Client) SetContext(ctx context.Context) {
+	c.mutex.Lock()
+	c.ctx = ctx
+	c.mutex.Unlock()
+}
+
+// SetSudo is an option for NewClient to set sudo header
+func SetSudo(sudo string) func(client *Client) {
+	return func(client *Client) {
+		client.SetSudo(sudo)
+	}
+}
+
+// SetSudo sets username to impersonate.
+func (c *Client) SetSudo(sudo string) {
+	c.mutex.Lock()
+	c.sudo = sudo
+	c.mutex.Unlock()
+}
+
+// SetDebugMode is an option for NewClient to enable debug mode
+func SetDebugMode() func(client *Client) {
+	return func(client *Client) {
+		client.mutex.Lock()
+		client.debug = true
+		client.mutex.Unlock()
+	}
+}
+
+func (c *Client) getWebResponse(method, path string, body io.Reader) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
+	c.mutex.RLock()
+	debug := c.debug
+	if debug {
+		fmt.Printf("%s: %s\nBody: %v\n", method, c.url+path, body)
+	}
+	req, err := http.NewRequestWithContext(c.ctx, method, c.url+path, body)
+
+	client := c.client // client ref can change from this point on so safe it
+	c.mutex.RUnlock()
+
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	resp, err := client.Do(req)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+	data, err := ioutil.ReadAll(resp.Body)
+	if debug {
+		fmt.Printf("Response: %v\n\n", resp)
+	}
+	return data, &Response{resp}, nil
+}
+
+func (c *Client) doRequest(method, path string, header http.Header, body io.Reader) (*Response, error) {
+	c.mutex.RLock()
+	debug := c.debug
+	if debug {
+		fmt.Printf("%s: %s\nHeader: %v\nBody: %s\n", method, c.url+"/api/v1"+path, header, body)
+	}
+	req, err := http.NewRequestWithContext(c.ctx, method, c.url+"/api/v1"+path, body)
+	if err != nil {
+		c.mutex.RUnlock()
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if len(c.accessToken) != 0 {
+		req.Header.Set("Authorization", "token "+c.accessToken)
+	}
+	if len(c.otp) != 0 {
+		req.Header.Set("X-GITEA-OTP", c.otp)
+	}
+	if len(c.username) != 0 {
+		req.SetBasicAuth(c.username, c.password)
+	}
+	if len(c.sudo) != 0 {
+		req.Header.Set("Sudo", c.sudo)
+	}
+
+	client := c.client // client ref can change from this point on so safe it
+	c.mutex.RUnlock()
+
+	for k, v := range header {
+		req.Header[k] = v
+	}
+
+	resp, err := client.Do(req)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if debug {
+		fmt.Printf("Response: %v\n\n", resp)
+	}
+	return &Response{resp}, nil
+}
+
+// Converts a response for a HTTP status code indicating an error condition
+// (non-2XX) to a well-known error value and response body. For non-problematic
+// (2XX) status codes nil will be returned. Note that on a non-2XX response, the
+// response body stream will have been read and, hence, is closed on return.
+func statusCodeToErr(resp *Response) (body []byte, err error) {
+	// no error
+	if resp.StatusCode/100 == 2 {
+		return nil, nil
+	}
+
+	//
+	// error: body will be read for details
+	//
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+	data, err := ioutil.ReadAll(resp.Body)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("body read on HTTP error %d: %v", resp.StatusCode, err)
+	}
+
+	switch resp.StatusCode {
+	case 403:
+		return data, errors.New("403 Forbidden")
+	case 404:
+		return data, errors.New("404 Not Found")
+	case 409:
+		return data, errors.New("409 Conflict")
+	case 422:
+		return data, fmt.Errorf("422 Unprocessable Entity: %s", string(data))
+	}
+
+	path := resp.Request.URL.Path
+	method := resp.Request.Method
+	header := resp.Request.Header
+	errMap := make(map[string]interface{})
+	if err = json.Unmarshal(data, &errMap); err != nil {
+		// when the JSON can't be parsed, data was probably empty or a
+		// plain string, so we try to return a helpful error anyway
+		return data, fmt.Errorf("Unknown API Error: %d\nRequest: '%s' with '%s' method '%s' header and '%s' body", resp.StatusCode, path, method, header, string(data))
+	}
+	return data, errors.New(errMap["message"].(string))
+}
+
+func (c *Client) getResponse(method, path string, header http.Header, body io.Reader) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
+	resp, err := c.doRequest(method, path, header, body)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	// check for errors
+	data, err := statusCodeToErr(resp)
+	if err != nil {
+		return data, resp, err
+	}
+
+	// success (2XX), read body
+	data, err = ioutil.ReadAll(resp.Body)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+
+	return data, resp, nil
+}
+
+func (c *Client) getParsedResponse(method, path string, header http.Header, body io.Reader, obj interface{}) (*Response, error) {
+	data, resp, err := c.getResponse(method, path, header, body)
+	if err != nil {
+		return resp, err
+	}
+	return resp, json.Unmarshal(data, obj)
+}
+
+func (c *Client) getStatusCode(method, path string, header http.Header, body io.Reader) (int, *Response, error) {
+	resp, err := c.doRequest(method, path, header, body)
+	if err != nil {
+		return -1, resp, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	return resp.StatusCode, resp, nil
+}
+
+// pathEscapeSegments escapes segments of a path while not escaping forward slash
+func pathEscapeSegments(path string) string {
+	slice := strings.Split(path, "/")
+	for index := range slice {
+		slice[index] = url.PathEscape(slice[index])
+	}
+	escapedPath := strings.Join(slice, "/")
+	return escapedPath
+}
+
+// escapeValidatePathSegments is a help function to validate and encode url path segments
+func escapeValidatePathSegments(seg ...*string) error {
+	for i := range seg {
+		if seg[i] == nil || len(*seg[i]) == 0 {
+			return fmt.Errorf("path segment [%d] is empty", i)
+		}
+		*seg[i] = url.PathEscape(*seg[i])
+	}
+	return nil
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/doc.go

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea // import "code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea"

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/fork.go

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// ListForksOptions options for listing repository's forks
+type ListForksOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListForks list a repository's forks
+func (c *Client) ListForks(user string, repo string, opt ListForksOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	forks := make([]*Repository, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/forks?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()),
+		nil, nil, &forks)
+	return forks, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateForkOption options for creating a fork
+type CreateForkOption struct {
+	// organization name, if forking into an organization
+	Organization *string `json:"organization"`
+}
+
+// CreateFork create a fork of a repository
+func (c *Client) CreateFork(user, repo string, form CreateForkOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(form)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	fork := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/forks", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &fork)
+	return fork, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/git_blob.go

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// GitBlobResponse represents a git blob
+type GitBlobResponse struct {
+	Content  string `json:"content"`
+	Encoding string `json:"encoding"`
+	URL      string `json:"url"`
+	SHA      string `json:"sha"`
+	Size     int64  `json:"size"`
+}
+
+// GetBlob get the blob of a repository file
+func (c *Client) GetBlob(user, repo, sha string) (*GitBlobResponse, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &sha); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	blob := new(GitBlobResponse)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/blobs/%s", user, repo, sha), nil, nil, blob)
+	return blob, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/git_hook.go

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// GitHook represents a Git repository hook
+type GitHook struct {
+	Name     string `json:"name"`
+	IsActive bool   `json:"is_active"`
+	Content  string `json:"content,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// ListRepoGitHooksOptions options for listing repository's githooks
+type ListRepoGitHooksOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListRepoGitHooks list all the Git hooks of one repository
+func (c *Client) ListRepoGitHooks(user, repo string, opt ListRepoGitHooksOptions) ([]*GitHook, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	hooks := make([]*GitHook, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/git?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &hooks)
+	return hooks, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetRepoGitHook get a Git hook of a repository
+func (c *Client) GetRepoGitHook(user, repo, id string) (*GitHook, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &id); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	h := new(GitHook)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/git/%s", user, repo, id), nil, nil, h)
+	return h, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditGitHookOption options when modifying one Git hook
+type EditGitHookOption struct {
+	Content string `json:"content"`
+}
+
+// EditRepoGitHook modify one Git hook of a repository
+func (c *Client) EditRepoGitHook(user, repo, id string, opt EditGitHookOption) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &id); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/git/%s", user, repo, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteRepoGitHook delete one Git hook from a repository
+func (c *Client) DeleteRepoGitHook(user, repo, id string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &id); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/git/%s", user, repo, id), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/go.mod

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+module code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea
+
+go 1.13
+
+require (
+	code.gitea.io/gitea-vet v0.2.1 // indirect
+	github.com/hashicorp/go-version v1.2.1
+	github.com/stretchr/testify v1.4.0
+)

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/go.sum

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+code.gitea.io/gitea-vet v0.2.1 h1:b30by7+3SkmiftK0RjuXqFvZg2q4p68uoPGuxhzBN0s=
+code.gitea.io/gitea-vet v0.2.1/go.mod h1:zcNbT/aJEmivCAhfmkHOlT645KNOf9W2KnkLgFjGGfE=
+github.com/davecgh/go-spew v1.1.0 h1:ZDRjVQ15GmhC3fiQ8ni8+OwkZQO4DARzQgrnXU1Liz8=
+github.com/davecgh/go-spew v1.1.0/go.mod h1:J7Y8YcW2NihsgmVo/mv3lAwl/skON4iLHjSsI+c5H38=
+github.com/hashicorp/go-version v1.2.1 h1:zEfKbn2+PDgroKdiOzqiE8rsmLqU2uwi5PB5pBJ3TkI=
+github.com/hashicorp/go-version v1.2.1/go.mod h1:fltr4n8CU8Ke44wwGCBoEymUuxUHl09ZGVZPK5anwXA=
+github.com/pmezard/go-difflib v1.0.0 h1:4DBwDE0NGyQoBHbLQYPwSUPoCMWR5BEzIk/f1lZbAQM=
+github.com/pmezard/go-difflib v1.0.0/go.mod h1:iKH77koFhYxTK1pcRnkKkqfTogsbg7gZNVY4sRDYZ/4=
+github.com/stretchr/objx v0.1.0/go.mod h1:HFkY916IF+rwdDfMAkV7OtwuqBVzrE8GR6GFx+wExME=
+github.com/stretchr/testify v1.4.0 h1:2E4SXV/wtOkTonXsotYi4li6zVWxYlZuYNCXe9XRJyk=
+github.com/stretchr/testify v1.4.0/go.mod h1:j7eGeouHqKxXV5pUuKE4zz7dFj8WfuZ+81PSLYec5m4=
+github.com/yuin/goldmark v1.1.25/go.mod h1:3hX8gzYuyVAZsxl0MRgGTJEmQBFcNTphYh9decYSb74=
+golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20190308221718-c2843e01d9a2/go.mod h1:djNgcEr1/C05ACkg1iLfiJU5Ep61QUkGW8qpdssI0+w=
+golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20191011191535-87dc89f01550/go.mod h1:yigFU9vqHzYiE8UmvKecakEJjdnWj3jj499lnFckfCI=
+golang.org/x/mod v0.2.0/go.mod h1:s0Qsj1ACt9ePp/hMypM3fl4fZqREWJwdYDEqhRiZZUA=
+golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20190404232315-eb5bcb51f2a3/go.mod h1:t9HGtf8HONx5eT2rtn7q6eTqICYqUVnKs3thJo3Qplg=
+golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20190620200207-3b0461eec859/go.mod h1:z5CRVTTTmAJ677TzLLGU+0bjPO0LkuOLi4/5GtJWs/s=
+golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20200226121028-0de0cce0169b/go.mod h1:z5CRVTTTmAJ677TzLLGU+0bjPO0LkuOLi4/5GtJWs/s=
+golang.org/x/sync v0.0.0-20190423024810-112230192c58/go.mod h1:RxMgew5VJxzue5/jJTE5uejpjVlOe/izrB70Jof72aM=
+golang.org/x/sync v0.0.0-20190911185100-cd5d95a43a6e/go.mod h1:RxMgew5VJxzue5/jJTE5uejpjVlOe/izrB70Jof72aM=
+golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20190215142949-d0b11bdaac8a/go.mod h1:STP8DvDyc/dI5b8T5hshtkjS+E42TnysNCUPdjciGhY=
+golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20190412213103-97732733099d/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs=
+golang.org/x/text v0.3.0/go.mod h1:NqM8EUOU14njkJ3fqMW+pc6Ldnwhi/IjpwHt7yyuwOQ=
+golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191119224855-298f0cb1881e/go.mod h1:b+2E5dAYhXwXZwtnZ6UAqBI28+e2cm9otk0dWdXHAEo=
+golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20200325010219-a49f79bcc224 h1:azwY/v0y0K4mFHVsg5+UrTgchqALYWpqVo6vL5OmkmI=
+golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20200325010219-a49f79bcc224/go.mod h1:Sl4aGygMT6LrqrWclx+PTx3U+LnKx/seiNR+3G19Ar8=
+golang.org/x/xerrors v0.0.0-20190717185122-a985d3407aa7/go.mod h1:I/5z698sn9Ka8TeJc9MKroUUfqBBauWjQqLJ2OPfmY0=
+golang.org/x/xerrors v0.0.0-20191011141410-1b5146add898/go.mod h1:I/5z698sn9Ka8TeJc9MKroUUfqBBauWjQqLJ2OPfmY0=
+golang.org/x/xerrors v0.0.0-20191204190536-9bdfabe68543/go.mod h1:I/5z698sn9Ka8TeJc9MKroUUfqBBauWjQqLJ2OPfmY0=
+gopkg.in/check.v1 v0.0.0-20161208181325-20d25e280405 h1:yhCVgyC4o1eVCa2tZl7eS0r+SDo693bJlVdllGtEeKM=
+gopkg.in/check.v1 v0.0.0-20161208181325-20d25e280405/go.mod h1:Co6ibVJAznAaIkqp8huTwlJQCZ016jof/cbN4VW5Yz0=
+gopkg.in/yaml.v2 v2.2.2 h1:ZCJp+EgiOT7lHqUV2J862kp8Qj64Jo6az82+3Td9dZw=
+gopkg.in/yaml.v2 v2.2.2/go.mod h1:hI93XBmqTisBFMUTm0b8Fm+jr3Dg1NNxqwp+5A1VGuI=

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/helper.go

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+// OptionalBool convert a bool to a bool reference
+func OptionalBool(v bool) *bool {
+	return &v
+}
+
+// OptionalString convert a string to a string reference
+func OptionalString(v string) *string {
+	return &v
+}
+
+// OptionalInt64 convert a int64 to a int64 reference
+func OptionalInt64(v int64) *int64 {
+	return &v
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/hook.go

@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Hook a hook is a web hook when one repository changed
+type Hook struct {
+	ID      int64             `json:"id"`
+	Type    string            `json:"type"`
+	URL     string            `json:"-"`
+	Config  map[string]string `json:"config"`
+	Events  []string          `json:"events"`
+	Active  bool              `json:"active"`
+	Updated time.Time         `json:"updated_at"`
+	Created time.Time         `json:"created_at"`
+}
+
+// HookType represent all webhook types gitea currently offer
+type HookType string
+
+const (
+	// HookTypeDingtalk webhook that dingtalk understand
+	HookTypeDingtalk HookType = "dingtalk"
+	// HookTypeDiscord webhook that discord understand
+	HookTypeDiscord HookType = "discord"
+	// HookTypeGitea webhook that gitea understand
+	HookTypeGitea HookType = "gitea"
+	// HookTypeGogs webhook that gogs understand
+	HookTypeGogs HookType = "gogs"
+	// HookTypeMsteams webhook that msteams understand
+	HookTypeMsteams HookType = "msteams"
+	// HookTypeSlack webhook that slack understand
+	HookTypeSlack HookType = "slack"
+	// HookTypeTelegram webhook that telegram understand
+	HookTypeTelegram HookType = "telegram"
+	// HookTypeFeishu webhook that feishu understand
+	HookTypeFeishu HookType = "feishu"
+)
+
+// ListHooksOptions options for listing hooks
+type ListHooksOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListOrgHooks list all the hooks of one organization
+func (c *Client) ListOrgHooks(org string, opt ListHooksOptions) ([]*Hook, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	hooks := make([]*Hook, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks?%s", org, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &hooks)
+	return hooks, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListRepoHooks list all the hooks of one repository
+func (c *Client) ListRepoHooks(user, repo string, opt ListHooksOptions) ([]*Hook, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	hooks := make([]*Hook, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &hooks)
+	return hooks, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetOrgHook get a hook of an organization
+func (c *Client) GetOrgHook(org string, id int64) (*Hook, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	h := new(Hook)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks/%d", org, id), nil, nil, h)
+	return h, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetRepoHook get a hook of a repository
+func (c *Client) GetRepoHook(user, repo string, id int64) (*Hook, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	h := new(Hook)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/%d", user, repo, id), nil, nil, h)
+	return h, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateHookOption options when create a hook
+type CreateHookOption struct {
+	Type         HookType          `json:"type"`
+	Config       map[string]string `json:"config"`
+	Events       []string          `json:"events"`
+	BranchFilter string            `json:"branch_filter"`
+	Active       bool              `json:"active"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateHookOption struct
+func (opt CreateHookOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.Type) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("hook type needed")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateOrgHook create one hook for an organization, with options
+func (c *Client) CreateOrgHook(org string, opt CreateHookOption) (*Hook, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	h := new(Hook)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks", org), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), h)
+	return h, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateRepoHook create one hook for a repository, with options
+func (c *Client) CreateRepoHook(user, repo string, opt CreateHookOption) (*Hook, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	h := new(Hook)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), h)
+	return h, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditHookOption options when modify one hook
+type EditHookOption struct {
+	Config       map[string]string `json:"config"`
+	Events       []string          `json:"events"`
+	BranchFilter string            `json:"branch_filter"`
+	Active       *bool             `json:"active"`
+}
+
+// EditOrgHook modify one hook of an organization, with hook id and options
+func (c *Client) EditOrgHook(org string, id int64, opt EditHookOption) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks/%d", org, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// EditRepoHook modify one hook of a repository, with hook id and options
+func (c *Client) EditRepoHook(user, repo string, id int64, opt EditHookOption) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/%d", user, repo, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteOrgHook delete one hook from an organization, with hook id
+func (c *Client) DeleteOrgHook(org string, id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks/%d", org, id), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteRepoHook delete one hook from a repository, with hook id
+func (c *Client) DeleteRepoHook(user, repo string, id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/%d", user, repo, id), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue.go

@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// PullRequestMeta PR info if an issue is a PR
+type PullRequestMeta struct {
+	HasMerged bool       `json:"merged"`
+	Merged    *time.Time `json:"merged_at"`
+}
+
+// RepositoryMeta basic repository information
+type RepositoryMeta struct {
+	ID       int64  `json:"id"`
+	Name     string `json:"name"`
+	Owner    string `json:"owner"`
+	FullName string `json:"full_name"`
+}
+
+// Issue represents an issue in a repository
+type Issue struct {
+	ID               int64      `json:"id"`
+	URL              string     `json:"url"`
+	HTMLURL          string     `json:"html_url"`
+	Index            int64      `json:"number"`
+	Poster           *User      `json:"user"`
+	OriginalAuthor   string     `json:"original_author"`
+	OriginalAuthorID int64      `json:"original_author_id"`
+	Title            string     `json:"title"`
+	Body             string     `json:"body"`
+	Ref              string     `json:"ref"`
+	Labels           []*Label   `json:"labels"`
+	Milestone        *Milestone `json:"milestone"`
+	Assignees        []*User    `json:"assignees"`
+	// Whether the issue is open or closed
+	State       StateType        `json:"state"`
+	IsLocked    bool             `json:"is_locked"`
+	Comments    int              `json:"comments"`
+	Created     time.Time        `json:"created_at"`
+	Updated     time.Time        `json:"updated_at"`
+	Closed      *time.Time       `json:"closed_at"`
+	Deadline    *time.Time       `json:"due_date"`
+	PullRequest *PullRequestMeta `json:"pull_request"`
+	Repository  *RepositoryMeta  `json:"repository"`
+}
+
+// ListIssueOption list issue options
+type ListIssueOption struct {
+	ListOptions
+	State      StateType
+	Type       IssueType
+	Labels     []string
+	Milestones []string
+	KeyWord    string
+	Since      time.Time
+	Before     time.Time
+	// filter by created by username
+	CreatedBy string
+	// filter by assigned to username
+	AssignedBy string
+	// filter by username mentioned
+	MentionedBy string
+}
+
+// StateType issue state type
+type StateType string
+
+const (
+	// StateOpen pr/issue is opend
+	StateOpen StateType = "open"
+	// StateClosed pr/issue is closed
+	StateClosed StateType = "closed"
+	// StateAll is all
+	StateAll StateType = "all"
+)
+
+// IssueType is issue a pull or only an issue
+type IssueType string
+
+const (
+	// IssueTypeAll pr and issue
+	IssueTypeAll IssueType = ""
+	// IssueTypeIssue only issues
+	IssueTypeIssue IssueType = "issues"
+	// IssueTypePull only pulls
+	IssueTypePull IssueType = "pulls"
+)
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *ListIssueOption) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+
+	if len(opt.State) > 0 {
+		query.Add("state", string(opt.State))
+	}
+
+	if len(opt.Labels) > 0 {
+		query.Add("labels", strings.Join(opt.Labels, ","))
+	}
+
+	if len(opt.KeyWord) > 0 {
+		query.Add("q", opt.KeyWord)
+	}
+
+	query.Add("type", string(opt.Type))
+
+	if len(opt.Milestones) > 0 {
+		query.Add("milestones", strings.Join(opt.Milestones, ","))
+	}
+
+	if !opt.Since.IsZero() {
+		query.Add("since", opt.Since.Format(time.RFC3339))
+	}
+	if !opt.Before.IsZero() {
+		query.Add("before", opt.Before.Format(time.RFC3339))
+	}
+
+	if len(opt.CreatedBy) > 0 {
+		query.Add("created_by", opt.CreatedBy)
+	}
+	if len(opt.AssignedBy) > 0 {
+		query.Add("assigned_by", opt.AssignedBy)
+	}
+	if len(opt.MentionedBy) > 0 {
+		query.Add("mentioned_by", opt.MentionedBy)
+	}
+
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// ListIssues returns all issues assigned the authenticated user
+func (c *Client) ListIssues(opt ListIssueOption) ([]*Issue, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	issues := make([]*Issue, 0, opt.PageSize)
+
+	link, _ := url.Parse("/repos/issues/search")
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &issues)
+	if e := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); e != nil {
+		for i := 0; i < len(issues); i++ {
+			if issues[i].Repository != nil {
+				issues[i].Repository.Owner = strings.Split(issues[i].Repository.FullName, "/")[0]
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	for i := range issues {
+		c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issues[i])
+	}
+	return issues, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListRepoIssues returns all issues for a given repository
+func (c *Client) ListRepoIssues(owner, repo string, opt ListIssueOption) ([]*Issue, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	issues := make([]*Issue, 0, opt.PageSize)
+
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues", owner, repo))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &issues)
+	if e := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); e != nil {
+		for i := 0; i < len(issues); i++ {
+			if issues[i].Repository != nil {
+				issues[i].Repository.Owner = strings.Split(issues[i].Repository.FullName, "/")[0]
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	for i := range issues {
+		c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issues[i])
+	}
+	return issues, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetIssue returns a single issue for a given repository
+func (c *Client) GetIssue(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Issue, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	issue := new(Issue)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, issue)
+	if e := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); e != nil && issue.Repository != nil {
+		issue.Repository.Owner = strings.Split(issue.Repository.FullName, "/")[0]
+	}
+	c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issue)
+	return issue, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateIssueOption options to create one issue
+type CreateIssueOption struct {
+	Title     string     `json:"title"`
+	Body      string     `json:"body"`
+	Ref       string     `json:"ref"`
+	Assignees []string   `json:"assignees"`
+	Deadline  *time.Time `json:"due_date"`
+	// milestone id
+	Milestone int64 `json:"milestone"`
+	// list of label ids
+	Labels []int64 `json:"labels"`
+	Closed bool    `json:"closed"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateIssueOption struct
+func (opt CreateIssueOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateIssue create a new issue for a given repository
+func (c *Client) CreateIssue(owner, repo string, opt CreateIssueOption) (*Issue, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	issue := new(Issue)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues", owner, repo),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), issue)
+	c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issue)
+	return issue, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditIssueOption options for editing an issue
+type EditIssueOption struct {
+	Title          string     `json:"title"`
+	Body           *string    `json:"body"`
+	Ref            *string    `json:"ref"`
+	Assignees      []string   `json:"assignees"`
+	Milestone      *int64     `json:"milestone"`
+	State          *StateType `json:"state"`
+	Deadline       *time.Time `json:"due_date"`
+	RemoveDeadline *bool      `json:"unset_due_date"`
+}
+
+// Validate the EditIssueOption struct
+func (opt EditIssueOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.Title) != 0 && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// EditIssue modify an existing issue for a given repository
+func (c *Client) EditIssue(owner, repo string, index int64, opt EditIssueOption) (*Issue, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	issue := new(Issue)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d", owner, repo, index),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), issue)
+	c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issue)
+	return issue, resp, err
+}
+
+func (c *Client) issueBackwardsCompatibility(issue *Issue) {
+	if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0) != nil {
+		c.mutex.RLock()
+		issue.HTMLURL = fmt.Sprintf("%s/%s/issues/%d", c.url, issue.Repository.FullName, issue.Index)
+		c.mutex.RUnlock()
+	}
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_comment.go

@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Comment represents a comment on a commit or issue
+type Comment struct {
+	ID               int64     `json:"id"`
+	HTMLURL          string    `json:"html_url"`
+	PRURL            string    `json:"pull_request_url"`
+	IssueURL         string    `json:"issue_url"`
+	Poster           *User     `json:"user"`
+	OriginalAuthor   string    `json:"original_author"`
+	OriginalAuthorID int64     `json:"original_author_id"`
+	Body             string    `json:"body"`
+	Created          time.Time `json:"created_at"`
+	Updated          time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
+}
+
+// ListIssueCommentOptions list comment options
+type ListIssueCommentOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+	Since  time.Time
+	Before time.Time
+}
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *ListIssueCommentOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+	if !opt.Since.IsZero() {
+		query.Add("since", opt.Since.Format(time.RFC3339))
+	}
+	if !opt.Before.IsZero() {
+		query.Add("before", opt.Before.Format(time.RFC3339))
+	}
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// ListIssueComments list comments on an issue.
+func (c *Client) ListIssueComments(owner, repo string, index int64, opt ListIssueCommentOptions) ([]*Comment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/comments", owner, repo, index))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	comments := make([]*Comment, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &comments)
+	return comments, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListRepoIssueComments list comments for a given repo.
+func (c *Client) ListRepoIssueComments(owner, repo string, opt ListIssueCommentOptions) ([]*Comment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments", owner, repo))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	comments := make([]*Comment, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &comments)
+	return comments, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetIssueComment get a comment for a given repo by id.
+func (c *Client) GetIssueComment(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Comment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	comment := new(Comment)
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return comment, nil, err
+	}
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil, &comment)
+	return comment, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateIssueCommentOption options for creating a comment on an issue
+type CreateIssueCommentOption struct {
+	Body string `json:"body"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateIssueCommentOption struct
+func (opt CreateIssueCommentOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.Body) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("body is empty")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateIssueComment create comment on an issue.
+func (c *Client) CreateIssueComment(owner, repo string, index int64, opt CreateIssueCommentOption) (*Comment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	comment := new(Comment)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/comments", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), comment)
+	return comment, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditIssueCommentOption options for editing a comment
+type EditIssueCommentOption struct {
+	Body string `json:"body"`
+}
+
+// Validate the EditIssueCommentOption struct
+func (opt EditIssueCommentOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.Body) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("body is empty")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// EditIssueComment edits an issue comment.
+func (c *Client) EditIssueComment(owner, repo string, commentID int64, opt EditIssueCommentOption) (*Comment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	comment := new(Comment)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d", owner, repo, commentID), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), comment)
+	return comment, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteIssueComment deletes an issue comment.
+func (c *Client) DeleteIssueComment(owner, repo string, commentID int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d", owner, repo, commentID), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_label.go

@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"regexp"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// Label a label to an issue or a pr
+type Label struct {
+	ID   int64  `json:"id"`
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+	// example: 00aabb
+	Color       string `json:"color"`
+	Description string `json:"description"`
+	URL         string `json:"url"`
+}
+
+// ListLabelsOptions options for listing repository's labels
+type ListLabelsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListRepoLabels list labels of one repository
+func (c *Client) ListRepoLabels(owner, repo string, opt ListLabelsOptions) ([]*Label, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	labels := make([]*Label, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels?%s", owner, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &labels)
+	return labels, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetRepoLabel get one label of repository by repo it
+func (c *Client) GetRepoLabel(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Label, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	label := new(Label)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil, label)
+	return label, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateLabelOption options for creating a label
+type CreateLabelOption struct {
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+	// example: #00aabb
+	Color       string `json:"color"`
+	Description string `json:"description"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateLabelOption struct
+func (opt CreateLabelOption) Validate() error {
+	aw, err := regexp.MatchString("^#?[0-9,a-f,A-F]{6}$", opt.Color)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if !aw {
+		return fmt.Errorf("invalid color format")
+	}
+	if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Name)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("empty name not allowed")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateLabel create one label of repository
+func (c *Client) CreateLabel(owner, repo string, opt CreateLabelOption) (*Label, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if len(opt.Color) == 6 {
+		if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+			opt.Color = "#" + opt.Color
+		}
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	label := new(Label)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels", owner, repo),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), label)
+	return label, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditLabelOption options for editing a label
+type EditLabelOption struct {
+	Name        *string `json:"name"`
+	Color       *string `json:"color"`
+	Description *string `json:"description"`
+}
+
+// Validate the EditLabelOption struct
+func (opt EditLabelOption) Validate() error {
+	if opt.Color != nil {
+		aw, err := regexp.MatchString("^#?[0-9,a-f,A-F]{6}$", *opt.Color)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		if !aw {
+			return fmt.Errorf("invalid color format")
+		}
+	}
+	if opt.Name != nil {
+		if len(strings.TrimSpace(*opt.Name)) == 0 {
+			return fmt.Errorf("empty name not allowed")
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// EditLabel modify one label with options
+func (c *Client) EditLabel(owner, repo string, id int64, opt EditLabelOption) (*Label, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	label := new(Label)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels/%d", owner, repo, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), label)
+	return label, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteLabel delete one label of repository by id
+func (c *Client) DeleteLabel(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// GetIssueLabels get labels of one issue via issue id
+func (c *Client) GetIssueLabels(owner, repo string, index int64, opts ListLabelsOptions) ([]*Label, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	labels := make([]*Label, 0, 5)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels?%s", owner, repo, index, opts.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &labels)
+	return labels, resp, err
+}
+
+// IssueLabelsOption a collection of labels
+type IssueLabelsOption struct {
+	// list of label IDs
+	Labels []int64 `json:"labels"`
+}
+
+// AddIssueLabels add one or more labels to one issue
+func (c *Client) AddIssueLabels(owner, repo string, index int64, opt IssueLabelsOption) ([]*Label, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	var labels []*Label
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &labels)
+	return labels, resp, err
+}
+
+// ReplaceIssueLabels replace old labels of issue with new labels
+func (c *Client) ReplaceIssueLabels(owner, repo string, index int64, opt IssueLabelsOption) ([]*Label, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	var labels []*Label
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &labels)
+	return labels, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteIssueLabel delete one label of one issue by issue id and label id
+// TODO: maybe we need delete by label name and issue id
+func (c *Client) DeleteIssueLabel(owner, repo string, index, label int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels/%d", owner, repo, index, label), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// ClearIssueLabels delete all the labels of one issue.
+func (c *Client) ClearIssueLabels(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels", owner, repo, index), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_milestone.go

@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Milestone milestone is a collection of issues on one repository
+type Milestone struct {
+	ID           int64      `json:"id"`
+	Title        string     `json:"title"`
+	Description  string     `json:"description"`
+	State        StateType  `json:"state"`
+	OpenIssues   int        `json:"open_issues"`
+	ClosedIssues int        `json:"closed_issues"`
+	Created      time.Time  `json:"created_at"`
+	Updated      *time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
+	Closed       *time.Time `json:"closed_at"`
+	Deadline     *time.Time `json:"due_on"`
+}
+
+// ListMilestoneOption list milestone options
+type ListMilestoneOption struct {
+	ListOptions
+	// open, closed, all
+	State StateType
+	Name  string
+}
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *ListMilestoneOption) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+	if opt.State != "" {
+		query.Add("state", string(opt.State))
+	}
+	if len(opt.Name) != 0 {
+		query.Add("name", opt.Name)
+	}
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// ListRepoMilestones list all the milestones of one repository
+func (c *Client) ListRepoMilestones(owner, repo string, opt ListMilestoneOption) ([]*Milestone, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	milestones := make([]*Milestone, 0, opt.PageSize)
+
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones", owner, repo))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &milestones)
+	return milestones, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetMilestone get one milestone by repo name and milestone id
+func (c *Client) GetMilestone(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	milestone := new(Milestone)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil, milestone)
+	return milestone, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetMilestoneByName get one milestone by repo and milestone name
+func (c *Client) GetMilestoneByName(owner, repo string, name string) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
+	if c.CheckServerVersionConstraint(">=1.13") != nil {
+		// backwards compatibility mode
+		m, resp, err := c.resolveMilestoneByName(owner, repo, name)
+		return m, resp, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	milestone := new(Milestone)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%s", owner, repo, name), nil, nil, milestone)
+	return milestone, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateMilestoneOption options for creating a milestone
+type CreateMilestoneOption struct {
+	Title       string     `json:"title"`
+	Description string     `json:"description"`
+	State       StateType  `json:"state"`
+	Deadline    *time.Time `json:"due_on"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateMilestoneOption struct
+func (opt CreateMilestoneOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateMilestone create one milestone with options
+func (c *Client) CreateMilestone(owner, repo string, opt CreateMilestoneOption) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	milestone := new(Milestone)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones", owner, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), milestone)
+
+	// make creating closed milestones need gitea >= v1.13.0
+	// this make it backwards compatible
+	if err == nil && opt.State == StateClosed && milestone.State != StateClosed {
+		closed := StateClosed
+		return c.EditMilestone(owner, repo, milestone.ID, EditMilestoneOption{
+			State: &closed,
+		})
+	}
+
+	return milestone, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditMilestoneOption options for editing a milestone
+type EditMilestoneOption struct {
+	Title       string     `json:"title"`
+	Description *string    `json:"description"`
+	State       *StateType `json:"state"`
+	Deadline    *time.Time `json:"due_on"`
+}
+
+// Validate the EditMilestoneOption struct
+func (opt EditMilestoneOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.Title) != 0 && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// EditMilestone modify milestone with options
+func (c *Client) EditMilestone(owner, repo string, id int64, opt EditMilestoneOption) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	milestone := new(Milestone)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%d", owner, repo, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), milestone)
+	return milestone, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditMilestoneByName modify milestone with options
+func (c *Client) EditMilestoneByName(owner, repo string, name string, opt EditMilestoneOption) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
+	if c.CheckServerVersionConstraint(">=1.13") != nil {
+		// backwards compatibility mode
+		m, _, err := c.resolveMilestoneByName(owner, repo, name)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, nil, err
+		}
+		return c.EditMilestone(owner, repo, m.ID, opt)
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	milestone := new(Milestone)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%s", owner, repo, name), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), milestone)
+	return milestone, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteMilestone delete one milestone by id
+func (c *Client) DeleteMilestone(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteMilestoneByName delete one milestone by name
+func (c *Client) DeleteMilestoneByName(owner, repo string, name string) (*Response, error) {
+	if c.CheckServerVersionConstraint(">=1.13") != nil {
+		// backwards compatibility mode
+		m, _, err := c.resolveMilestoneByName(owner, repo, name)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		return c.DeleteMilestone(owner, repo, m.ID)
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%s", owner, repo, name), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// resolveMilestoneByName is a fallback method to find milestone id by name
+func (c *Client) resolveMilestoneByName(owner, repo, name string) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
+	for i := 1; ; i++ {
+		miles, resp, err := c.ListRepoMilestones(owner, repo, ListMilestoneOption{
+			ListOptions: ListOptions{
+				Page: i,
+			},
+			State: "all",
+		})
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, nil, err
+		}
+		if len(miles) == 0 {
+			return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("milestone '%s' do not exist", name)
+		}
+		for _, m := range miles {
+			if strings.ToLower(strings.TrimSpace(m.Title)) == strings.ToLower(strings.TrimSpace(name)) {
+				return m, resp, nil
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_reaction.go

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Reaction contain one reaction
+type Reaction struct {
+	User     *User     `json:"user"`
+	Reaction string    `json:"content"`
+	Created  time.Time `json:"created_at"`
+}
+
+// GetIssueReactions get a list reactions of an issue
+func (c *Client) GetIssueReactions(owner, repo string, index int64) ([]*Reaction, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	reactions := make([]*Reaction, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/reactions", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, &reactions)
+	return reactions, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetIssueCommentReactions get a list of reactions from a comment of an issue
+func (c *Client) GetIssueCommentReactions(owner, repo string, commentID int64) ([]*Reaction, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	reactions := make([]*Reaction, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d/reactions", owner, repo, commentID), nil, nil, &reactions)
+	return reactions, resp, err
+}
+
+// editReactionOption contain the reaction type
+type editReactionOption struct {
+	Reaction string `json:"content"`
+}
+
+// PostIssueReaction add a reaction to an issue
+func (c *Client) PostIssueReaction(owner, repo string, index int64, reaction string) (*Reaction, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	reactionResponse := new(Reaction)
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&editReactionOption{Reaction: reaction})
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/reactions", owner, repo, index),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), reactionResponse)
+	return reactionResponse, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteIssueReaction remove a reaction from an issue
+func (c *Client) DeleteIssueReaction(owner, repo string, index int64, reaction string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&editReactionOption{Reaction: reaction})
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/reactions", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// PostIssueCommentReaction add a reaction to a comment of an issue
+func (c *Client) PostIssueCommentReaction(owner, repo string, commentID int64, reaction string) (*Reaction, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	reactionResponse := new(Reaction)
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&editReactionOption{Reaction: reaction})
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d/reactions", owner, repo, commentID),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), reactionResponse)
+	return reactionResponse, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteIssueCommentReaction remove a reaction from a comment of an issue
+func (c *Client) DeleteIssueCommentReaction(owner, repo string, commentID int64, reaction string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&editReactionOption{Reaction: reaction})
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d/reactions", owner, repo, commentID),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_stopwatch.go

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// StopWatch represents a running stopwatch of an issue / pr
+type StopWatch struct {
+	Created       time.Time `json:"created"`
+	Seconds       int64     `json:"seconds"`
+	Duration      string    `json:"duration"`
+	IssueIndex    int64     `json:"issue_index"`
+	IssueTitle    string    `json:"issue_title"`
+	RepoOwnerName string    `json:"repo_owner_name"`
+	RepoName      string    `json:"repo_name"`
+}
+
+// GetMyStopwatches list all stopwatches
+func (c *Client) GetMyStopwatches() ([]*StopWatch, *Response, error) {
+	stopwatches := make([]*StopWatch, 0, 1)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user/stopwatches", nil, nil, &stopwatches)
+	return stopwatches, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteIssueStopwatch delete / cancel a specific stopwatch
+func (c *Client) DeleteIssueStopwatch(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/stopwatch/delete", owner, repo, index), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// StartIssueStopWatch starts a stopwatch for an existing issue for a given
+// repository
+func (c *Client) StartIssueStopWatch(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/stopwatch/start", owner, repo, index), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// StopIssueStopWatch stops an existing stopwatch for an issue in a given
+// repository
+func (c *Client) StopIssueStopWatch(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/stopwatch/stop", owner, repo, index), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_subscription.go

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+)
+
+// GetIssueSubscribers get list of users who subscribed on an issue
+func (c *Client) GetIssueSubscribers(owner, repo string, index int64) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	subscribers := make([]*User, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/subscriptions", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, &subscribers)
+	return subscribers, resp, err
+}
+
+// AddIssueSubscription Subscribe user to issue
+func (c *Client) AddIssueSubscription(owner, repo string, index int64, user string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &user); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/subscriptions/%s", owner, repo, index, user), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return resp, err
+	}
+	if status == http.StatusCreated {
+		return resp, nil
+	}
+	if status == http.StatusOK {
+		return resp, fmt.Errorf("already subscribed")
+	}
+	return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
+}
+
+// DeleteIssueSubscription unsubscribe user from issue
+func (c *Client) DeleteIssueSubscription(owner, repo string, index int64, user string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &user); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/subscriptions/%s", owner, repo, index, user), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return resp, err
+	}
+	if status == http.StatusCreated {
+		return resp, nil
+	}
+	if status == http.StatusOK {
+		return resp, fmt.Errorf("already unsubscribed")
+	}
+	return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
+}
+
+// CheckIssueSubscription check if current user is subscribed to an issue
+func (c *Client) CheckIssueSubscription(owner, repo string, index int64) (*WatchInfo, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	wi := new(WatchInfo)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/subscriptions/check", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, wi)
+	return wi, resp, err
+}
+
+// IssueSubscribe subscribe current user to an issue
+func (c *Client) IssueSubscribe(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
+	u, _, err := c.GetMyUserInfo()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return c.AddIssueSubscription(owner, repo, index, u.UserName)
+}
+
+// IssueUnSubscribe unsubscribe current user from an issue
+func (c *Client) IssueUnSubscribe(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
+	u, _, err := c.GetMyUserInfo()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return c.DeleteIssueSubscription(owner, repo, index, u.UserName)
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_tracked_time.go

@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// TrackedTime worked time for an issue / pr
+type TrackedTime struct {
+	ID      int64     `json:"id"`
+	Created time.Time `json:"created"`
+	// Time in seconds
+	Time int64 `json:"time"`
+	// deprecated (only for backwards compatibility)
+	UserID   int64  `json:"user_id"`
+	UserName string `json:"user_name"`
+	// deprecated (only for backwards compatibility)
+	IssueID int64  `json:"issue_id"`
+	Issue   *Issue `json:"issue"`
+}
+
+// ListTrackedTimesOptions options for listing repository's tracked times
+type ListTrackedTimesOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+	Since  time.Time
+	Before time.Time
+	// User filter is only used by ListRepoTrackedTimes !!!
+	User string
+}
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *ListTrackedTimesOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+
+	if !opt.Since.IsZero() {
+		query.Add("since", opt.Since.Format(time.RFC3339))
+	}
+	if !opt.Before.IsZero() {
+		query.Add("before", opt.Before.Format(time.RFC3339))
+	}
+
+	if len(opt.User) != 0 {
+		query.Add("user", opt.User)
+	}
+
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// ListRepoTrackedTimes list tracked times of a repository
+func (c *Client) ListRepoTrackedTimes(owner, repo string, opt ListTrackedTimesOptions) ([]*TrackedTime, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/times", owner, repo))
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	times := make([]*TrackedTime, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &times)
+	return times, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetMyTrackedTimes list tracked times of the current user
+func (c *Client) GetMyTrackedTimes() ([]*TrackedTime, *Response, error) {
+	times := make([]*TrackedTime, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user/times", jsonHeader, nil, &times)
+	return times, resp, err
+}
+
+// AddTimeOption options for adding time to an issue
+type AddTimeOption struct {
+	// time in seconds
+	Time int64 `json:"time"`
+	// optional
+	Created time.Time `json:"created"`
+	// optional
+	User string `json:"user_name"`
+}
+
+// Validate the AddTimeOption struct
+func (opt AddTimeOption) Validate() error {
+	if opt.Time == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("no time to add")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// AddTime adds time to issue with the given index
+func (c *Client) AddTime(owner, repo string, index int64, opt AddTimeOption) (*TrackedTime, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	t := new(TrackedTime)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/times", owner, repo, index),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), t)
+	return t, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListIssueTrackedTimes list tracked times of a single issue for a given repository
+func (c *Client) ListIssueTrackedTimes(owner, repo string, index int64, opt ListTrackedTimesOptions) ([]*TrackedTime, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/times", owner, repo, index))
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	times := make([]*TrackedTime, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &times)
+	return times, resp, err
+}
+
+// ResetIssueTime reset tracked time of a single issue for a given repository
+func (c *Client) ResetIssueTime(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/times", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteTime delete a specific tracked time by id of a single issue for a given repository
+func (c *Client) DeleteTime(owner, repo string, index, timeID int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/times/%d", owner, repo, index, timeID), jsonHeader, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/list_options.go

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+)
+
+const defaultPageSize = 10
+const maxPageSize = 50
+
+// ListOptions options for using Gitea's API pagination
+type ListOptions struct {
+	Page     int
+	PageSize int
+}
+
+func (o ListOptions) getURLQuery() url.Values {
+	query := make(url.Values)
+	query.Add("page", fmt.Sprintf("%d", o.Page))
+	query.Add("limit", fmt.Sprintf("%d", o.PageSize))
+
+	return query
+}
+
+// setDefaults set default pagination options if none or wrong are set
+// if you set -1 as page it will set all to 0
+func (o *ListOptions) setDefaults() {
+	if o.Page < 0 {
+		o.Page, o.PageSize = 0, 0
+		return
+	} else if o.Page == 0 {
+		o.Page = 1
+	}
+
+	if o.PageSize < 0 || o.PageSize > maxPageSize {
+		o.PageSize = defaultPageSize
+	}
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/notifications.go

@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"time"
+
+	"github.com/hashicorp/go-version"
+)
+
+var (
+	version1_12_3, _ = version.NewVersion("1.12.3")
+)
+
+// NotificationThread expose Notification on API
+type NotificationThread struct {
+	ID         int64                `json:"id"`
+	Repository *Repository          `json:"repository"`
+	Subject    *NotificationSubject `json:"subject"`
+	Unread     bool                 `json:"unread"`
+	Pinned     bool                 `json:"pinned"`
+	UpdatedAt  time.Time            `json:"updated_at"`
+	URL        string               `json:"url"`
+}
+
+// NotificationSubject contains the notification subject (Issue/Pull/Commit)
+type NotificationSubject struct {
+	Title            string             `json:"title"`
+	URL              string             `json:"url"`
+	LatestCommentURL string             `json:"latest_comment_url"`
+	Type             NotifySubjectType  `json:"type"`
+	State            NotifySubjectState `json:"state"`
+}
+
+// NotifyStatus notification status type
+type NotifyStatus string
+
+const (
+	// NotifyStatusUnread was not read
+	NotifyStatusUnread NotifyStatus = "unread"
+	// NotifyStatusRead was already read by user
+	NotifyStatusRead NotifyStatus = "read"
+	// NotifyStatusPinned notification is pinned by user
+	NotifyStatusPinned NotifyStatus = "pinned"
+)
+
+// NotifySubjectType represent type of notification subject
+type NotifySubjectType string
+
+const (
+	// NotifySubjectIssue an issue is subject of an notification
+	NotifySubjectIssue NotifySubjectType = "Issue"
+	// NotifySubjectPull an pull is subject of an notification
+	NotifySubjectPull NotifySubjectType = "Pull"
+	// NotifySubjectCommit an commit is subject of an notification
+	NotifySubjectCommit NotifySubjectType = "Commit"
+	// NotifySubjectRepository an repository is subject of an notification
+	NotifySubjectRepository NotifySubjectType = "Repository"
+)
+
+// NotifySubjectState reflect state of notification subject
+type NotifySubjectState string
+
+const (
+	// NotifySubjectOpen if subject is a pull/issue and is open at the moment
+	NotifySubjectOpen NotifySubjectState = "open"
+	// NotifySubjectClosed if subject is a pull/issue and is closed at the moment
+	NotifySubjectClosed NotifySubjectState = "closed"
+	// NotifySubjectMerged if subject is a pull and got merged
+	NotifySubjectMerged NotifySubjectState = "merged"
+)
+
+// ListNotificationOptions represents the filter options
+type ListNotificationOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+	Since        time.Time
+	Before       time.Time
+	Status       []NotifyStatus
+	SubjectTypes []NotifySubjectType
+}
+
+// MarkNotificationOptions represents the filter & modify options
+type MarkNotificationOptions struct {
+	LastReadAt time.Time
+	Status     []NotifyStatus
+	ToStatus   NotifyStatus
+}
+
+// QueryEncode encode options to url query
+func (opt *ListNotificationOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+	if !opt.Since.IsZero() {
+		query.Add("since", opt.Since.Format(time.RFC3339))
+	}
+	if !opt.Before.IsZero() {
+		query.Add("before", opt.Before.Format(time.RFC3339))
+	}
+	for _, s := range opt.Status {
+		query.Add("status-types", string(s))
+	}
+	for _, s := range opt.SubjectTypes {
+		query.Add("subject-type", string(s))
+	}
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateUserOption struct
+func (opt ListNotificationOptions) Validate(c *Client) error {
+	if len(opt.Status) != 0 {
+		return c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_3)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// QueryEncode encode options to url query
+func (opt *MarkNotificationOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := make(url.Values)
+	if !opt.LastReadAt.IsZero() {
+		query.Add("last_read_at", opt.LastReadAt.Format(time.RFC3339))
+	}
+	for _, s := range opt.Status {
+		query.Add("status-types", string(s))
+	}
+	if len(opt.ToStatus) != 0 {
+		query.Add("to-status", string(opt.ToStatus))
+	}
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateUserOption struct
+func (opt MarkNotificationOptions) Validate(c *Client) error {
+	if len(opt.Status) != 0 || len(opt.ToStatus) != 0 {
+		return c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_3)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CheckNotifications list users's notification threads
+func (c *Client) CheckNotifications() (int64, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return 0, nil, err
+	}
+	new := struct {
+		New int64 `json:"new"`
+	}{}
+
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/notifications/new", jsonHeader, nil, &new)
+	return new.New, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetNotification get notification thread by ID
+func (c *Client) GetNotification(id int64) (*NotificationThread, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	thread := new(NotificationThread)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/notifications/threads/%d", id), nil, nil, thread)
+	return thread, resp, err
+}
+
+// ReadNotification mark notification thread as read by ID
+// It optionally takes a second argument if status has to be set other than 'read'
+func (c *Client) ReadNotification(id int64, status ...NotifyStatus) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	link := fmt.Sprintf("/notifications/threads/%d", id)
+	if len(status) != 0 {
+		link += fmt.Sprintf("?to-status=%s", status[0])
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", link, nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// ListNotifications list users's notification threads
+func (c *Client) ListNotifications(opt ListNotificationOptions) ([]*NotificationThread, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse("/notifications")
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	threads := make([]*NotificationThread, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &threads)
+	return threads, resp, err
+}
+
+// ReadNotifications mark notification threads as read
+func (c *Client) ReadNotifications(opt MarkNotificationOptions) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse("/notifications")
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", link.String(), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// ListRepoNotifications list users's notification threads on a specific repo
+func (c *Client) ListRepoNotifications(owner, repo string, opt ListNotificationOptions) ([]*NotificationThread, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/notifications", owner, repo))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	threads := make([]*NotificationThread, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &threads)
+	return threads, resp, err
+}
+
+// ReadRepoNotifications mark notification threads as read on a specific repo
+func (c *Client) ReadRepoNotifications(owner, repo string, opt MarkNotificationOptions) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/notifications", owner, repo))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", link.String(), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/oauth2.go

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Oauth2 represents an Oauth2 Application
+type Oauth2 struct {
+	ID           int64     `json:"id"`
+	Name         string    `json:"name"`
+	ClientID     string    `json:"client_id"`
+	ClientSecret string    `json:"client_secret"`
+	RedirectURIs []string  `json:"redirect_uris"`
+	Created      time.Time `json:"created"`
+}
+
+// ListOauth2Option for listing Oauth2 Applications
+type ListOauth2Option struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// CreateOauth2Option required options for creating an Application
+type CreateOauth2Option struct {
+	Name         string   `json:"name"`
+	RedirectURIs []string `json:"redirect_uris"`
+}
+
+// CreateOauth2 create an Oauth2 Application and returns a completed Oauth2 object.
+func (c *Client) CreateOauth2(opt CreateOauth2Option) (*Oauth2, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	oauth := new(Oauth2)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/applications/oauth2", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), oauth)
+	return oauth, resp, err
+}
+
+// UpdateOauth2 a specific Oauth2 Application by ID and return a completed Oauth2 object.
+func (c *Client) UpdateOauth2(oauth2id int64, opt CreateOauth2Option) (*Oauth2, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	oauth := new(Oauth2)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/user/applications/oauth2/%d", oauth2id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), oauth)
+	return oauth, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetOauth2 a specific Oauth2 Application by ID.
+func (c *Client) GetOauth2(oauth2id int64) (*Oauth2, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	oauth2s := &Oauth2{}
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/applications/oauth2/%d", oauth2id), nil, nil, &oauth2s)
+	return oauth2s, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListOauth2 all of your Oauth2 Applications.
+func (c *Client) ListOauth2(opt ListOauth2Option) ([]*Oauth2, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	oauth2s := make([]*Oauth2, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/applications/oauth2?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &oauth2s)
+	return oauth2s, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteOauth2 delete an Oauth2 application by ID
+func (c *Client) DeleteOauth2(oauth2id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/applications/oauth2/%d", oauth2id), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/org.go

@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// Organization represents an organization
+type Organization struct {
+	ID          int64  `json:"id"`
+	UserName    string `json:"username"`
+	FullName    string `json:"full_name"`
+	AvatarURL   string `json:"avatar_url"`
+	Description string `json:"description"`
+	Website     string `json:"website"`
+	Location    string `json:"location"`
+	Visibility  string `json:"visibility"`
+}
+
+// VisibleType defines the visibility
+type VisibleType string
+
+const (
+	// VisibleTypePublic Visible for everyone
+	VisibleTypePublic VisibleType = "public"
+
+	// VisibleTypeLimited Visible for every connected user
+	VisibleTypeLimited VisibleType = "limited"
+
+	// VisibleTypePrivate Visible only for organization's members
+	VisibleTypePrivate VisibleType = "private"
+)
+
+// ListOrgsOptions options for listing organizations
+type ListOrgsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListMyOrgs list all of current user's organizations
+func (c *Client) ListMyOrgs(opt ListOrgsOptions) ([]*Organization, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	orgs := make([]*Organization, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/orgs?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &orgs)
+	return orgs, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListUserOrgs list all of some user's organizations
+func (c *Client) ListUserOrgs(user string, opt ListOrgsOptions) ([]*Organization, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	orgs := make([]*Organization, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/orgs?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &orgs)
+	return orgs, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetOrg get one organization by name
+func (c *Client) GetOrg(orgname string) (*Organization, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&orgname); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	org := new(Organization)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s", orgname), nil, nil, org)
+	return org, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateOrgOption options for creating an organization
+type CreateOrgOption struct {
+	Name                      string      `json:"username"`
+	FullName                  string      `json:"full_name"`
+	Description               string      `json:"description"`
+	Website                   string      `json:"website"`
+	Location                  string      `json:"location"`
+	Visibility                VisibleType `json:"visibility"`
+	RepoAdminChangeTeamAccess bool        `json:"repo_admin_change_team_access"`
+}
+
+// checkVisibilityOpt check if mode exist
+func checkVisibilityOpt(v VisibleType) bool {
+	return v == VisibleTypePublic || v == VisibleTypeLimited || v == VisibleTypePrivate
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateOrgOption struct
+func (opt CreateOrgOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.Name) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("empty org name")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Visibility) != 0 && !checkVisibilityOpt(opt.Visibility) {
+		return fmt.Errorf("infalid bisibility option")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateOrg creates an organization
+func (c *Client) CreateOrg(opt CreateOrgOption) (*Organization, *Response, error) {
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	org := new(Organization)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/orgs", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), org)
+	return org, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditOrgOption options for editing an organization
+type EditOrgOption struct {
+	FullName    string      `json:"full_name"`
+	Description string      `json:"description"`
+	Website     string      `json:"website"`
+	Location    string      `json:"location"`
+	Visibility  VisibleType `json:"visibility"`
+}
+
+// Validate the EditOrgOption struct
+func (opt EditOrgOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.Visibility) != 0 && !checkVisibilityOpt(opt.Visibility) {
+		return fmt.Errorf("infalid bisibility option")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// EditOrg modify one organization via options
+func (c *Client) EditOrg(orgname string, opt EditOrgOption) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&orgname); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s", orgname), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteOrg deletes an organization
+func (c *Client) DeleteOrg(orgname string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&orgname); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s", orgname), jsonHeader, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/org_member.go

@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/url"
+)
+
+// DeleteOrgMembership remove a member from an organization
+func (c *Client) DeleteOrgMembership(org, user string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &user); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/members/%s", org, user), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// ListOrgMembershipOption list OrgMembership options
+type ListOrgMembershipOption struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListOrgMembership list an organization's members
+func (c *Client) ListOrgMembership(org string, opt ListOrgMembershipOption) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/members", org))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.getURLQuery().Encode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &users)
+	return users, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListPublicOrgMembership list an organization's members
+func (c *Client) ListPublicOrgMembership(org string, opt ListOrgMembershipOption) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/public_members", org))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.getURLQuery().Encode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &users)
+	return users, resp, err
+}
+
+// CheckOrgMembership Check if a user is a member of an organization
+func (c *Client) CheckOrgMembership(org, user string) (bool, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &user); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/members/%s", org, user), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return false, resp, err
+	}
+	switch status {
+	case http.StatusNoContent:
+		return true, resp, nil
+	case http.StatusNotFound:
+		return false, resp, nil
+	default:
+		return false, resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
+	}
+}
+
+// CheckPublicOrgMembership Check if a user is a member of an organization
+func (c *Client) CheckPublicOrgMembership(org, user string) (bool, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &user); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/public_members/%s", org, user), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return false, resp, err
+	}
+	switch status {
+	case http.StatusNoContent:
+		return true, resp, nil
+	case http.StatusNotFound:
+		return false, resp, nil
+	default:
+		return false, resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
+	}
+}
+
+// SetPublicOrgMembership publicize/conceal a user's membership
+func (c *Client) SetPublicOrgMembership(org, user string, visible bool) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &user); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	var (
+		status int
+		err    error
+		resp   *Response
+	)
+	if visible {
+		status, resp, err = c.getStatusCode("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/public_members/%s", org, user), nil, nil)
+	} else {
+		status, resp, err = c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/public_members/%s", org, user), nil, nil)
+	}
+	if err != nil {
+		return resp, err
+	}
+	switch status {
+	case http.StatusNoContent:
+		return resp, nil
+	case http.StatusNotFound:
+		return resp, fmt.Errorf("forbidden")
+	default:
+		return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
+	}
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/org_team.go

@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// Team represents a team in an organization
+type Team struct {
+	ID                      int64          `json:"id"`
+	Name                    string         `json:"name"`
+	Description             string         `json:"description"`
+	Organization            *Organization  `json:"organization"`
+	Permission              AccessMode     `json:"permission"`
+	CanCreateOrgRepo        bool           `json:"can_create_org_repo"`
+	IncludesAllRepositories bool           `json:"includes_all_repositories"`
+	Units                   []RepoUnitType `json:"units"`
+}
+
+// RepoUnitType represent all unit types of a repo gitea currently offer
+type RepoUnitType string
+
+const (
+	// RepoUnitCode represent file view of a repository
+	RepoUnitCode RepoUnitType = "repo.code"
+	// RepoUnitIssues represent issues of a repository
+	RepoUnitIssues RepoUnitType = "repo.issues"
+	// RepoUnitPulls represent pulls of a repository
+	RepoUnitPulls RepoUnitType = "repo.pulls"
+	// RepoUnitExtIssues represent external issues of a repository
+	RepoUnitExtIssues RepoUnitType = "repo.ext_issues"
+	// RepoUnitWiki represent wiki of a repository
+	RepoUnitWiki RepoUnitType = "repo.wiki"
+	// RepoUnitExtWiki represent external wiki of a repository
+	RepoUnitExtWiki RepoUnitType = "repo.ext_wiki"
+	// RepoUnitReleases represent releases of a repository
+	RepoUnitReleases RepoUnitType = "repo.releases"
+	// RepoUnitProjects represent projects of a repository
+	RepoUnitProjects RepoUnitType = "repo.projects"
+)
+
+// ListTeamsOptions options for listing teams
+type ListTeamsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListOrgTeams lists all teams of an organization
+func (c *Client) ListOrgTeams(org string, opt ListTeamsOptions) ([]*Team, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	teams := make([]*Team, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/teams?%s", org, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &teams)
+	return teams, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListMyTeams lists all the teams of the current user
+func (c *Client) ListMyTeams(opt *ListTeamsOptions) ([]*Team, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	teams := make([]*Team, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/teams?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &teams)
+	return teams, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetTeam gets a team by ID
+func (c *Client) GetTeam(id int64) (*Team, *Response, error) {
+	t := new(Team)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d", id), nil, nil, t)
+	return t, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateTeamOption options for creating a team
+type CreateTeamOption struct {
+	Name                    string         `json:"name"`
+	Description             string         `json:"description"`
+	Permission              AccessMode     `json:"permission"`
+	CanCreateOrgRepo        bool           `json:"can_create_org_repo"`
+	IncludesAllRepositories bool           `json:"includes_all_repositories"`
+	Units                   []RepoUnitType `json:"units"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateTeamOption struct
+func (opt CreateTeamOption) Validate() error {
+	if opt.Permission == AccessModeOwner {
+		opt.Permission = AccessModeAdmin
+	} else if opt.Permission != AccessModeRead && opt.Permission != AccessModeWrite && opt.Permission != AccessModeAdmin {
+		return fmt.Errorf("permission mode invalid")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Name) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("name required")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Name) > 30 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("name to long")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Description) > 255 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("description to long")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateTeam creates a team for an organization
+func (c *Client) CreateTeam(org string, opt CreateTeamOption) (*Team, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	t := new(Team)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/teams", org), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), t)
+	return t, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditTeamOption options for editing a team
+type EditTeamOption struct {
+	Name                    string         `json:"name"`
+	Description             *string        `json:"description"`
+	Permission              AccessMode     `json:"permission"`
+	CanCreateOrgRepo        *bool          `json:"can_create_org_repo"`
+	IncludesAllRepositories *bool          `json:"includes_all_repositories"`
+	Units                   []RepoUnitType `json:"units"`
+}
+
+// Validate the EditTeamOption struct
+func (opt EditTeamOption) Validate() error {
+	if opt.Permission == AccessModeOwner {
+		opt.Permission = AccessModeAdmin
+	} else if opt.Permission != AccessModeRead && opt.Permission != AccessModeWrite && opt.Permission != AccessModeAdmin {
+		return fmt.Errorf("permission mode invalid")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Name) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("name required")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Name) > 30 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("name to long")
+	}
+	if opt.Description != nil && len(*opt.Description) > 255 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("description to long")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// EditTeam edits a team of an organization
+func (c *Client) EditTeam(id int64, opt EditTeamOption) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d", id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteTeam deletes a team of an organization
+func (c *Client) DeleteTeam(id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d", id), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// ListTeamMembersOptions options for listing team's members
+type ListTeamMembersOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListTeamMembers lists all members of a team
+func (c *Client) ListTeamMembers(id int64, opt ListTeamMembersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	members := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/members?%s", id, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &members)
+	return members, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetTeamMember gets a member of a team
+func (c *Client) GetTeamMember(id int64, user string) (*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	m := new(User)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/members/%s", id, user), nil, nil, m)
+	return m, resp, err
+}
+
+// AddTeamMember adds a member to a team
+func (c *Client) AddTeamMember(id int64, user string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/members/%s", id, user), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// RemoveTeamMember removes a member from a team
+func (c *Client) RemoveTeamMember(id int64, user string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/members/%s", id, user), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// ListTeamRepositoriesOptions options for listing team's repositories
+type ListTeamRepositoriesOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListTeamRepositories lists all repositories of a team
+func (c *Client) ListTeamRepositories(id int64, opt ListTeamRepositoriesOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	repos := make([]*Repository, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/repos?%s", id, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &repos)
+	return repos, resp, err
+}
+
+// AddTeamRepository adds a repository to a team
+func (c *Client) AddTeamRepository(id int64, org, repo string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/repos/%s/%s", id, org, repo), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// RemoveTeamRepository removes a repository from a team
+func (c *Client) RemoveTeamRepository(id int64, org, repo string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/repos/%s/%s", id, org, repo), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/pull.go

@@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// PRBranchInfo information about a branch
+type PRBranchInfo struct {
+	Name       string      `json:"label"`
+	Ref        string      `json:"ref"`
+	Sha        string      `json:"sha"`
+	RepoID     int64       `json:"repo_id"`
+	Repository *Repository `json:"repo"`
+}
+
+// PullRequest represents a pull request
+type PullRequest struct {
+	ID        int64      `json:"id"`
+	URL       string     `json:"url"`
+	Index     int64      `json:"number"`
+	Poster    *User      `json:"user"`
+	Title     string     `json:"title"`
+	Body      string     `json:"body"`
+	Labels    []*Label   `json:"labels"`
+	Milestone *Milestone `json:"milestone"`
+	Assignee  *User      `json:"assignee"`
+	Assignees []*User    `json:"assignees"`
+	State     StateType  `json:"state"`
+	IsLocked  bool       `json:"is_locked"`
+	Comments  int        `json:"comments"`
+
+	HTMLURL  string `json:"html_url"`
+	DiffURL  string `json:"diff_url"`
+	PatchURL string `json:"patch_url"`
+
+	Mergeable      bool       `json:"mergeable"`
+	HasMerged      bool       `json:"merged"`
+	Merged         *time.Time `json:"merged_at"`
+	MergedCommitID *string    `json:"merge_commit_sha"`
+	MergedBy       *User      `json:"merged_by"`
+
+	Base      *PRBranchInfo `json:"base"`
+	Head      *PRBranchInfo `json:"head"`
+	MergeBase string        `json:"merge_base"`
+
+	Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_date"`
+	Created  *time.Time `json:"created_at"`
+	Updated  *time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
+	Closed   *time.Time `json:"closed_at"`
+}
+
+// ListPullRequestsOptions options for listing pull requests
+type ListPullRequestsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+	State StateType `json:"state"`
+	// oldest, recentupdate, leastupdate, mostcomment, leastcomment, priority
+	Sort      string
+	Milestone int64
+}
+
+// MergeStyle is used specify how a pull is merged
+type MergeStyle string
+
+const (
+	// MergeStyleMerge merge pull as usual
+	MergeStyleMerge MergeStyle = "merge"
+	// MergeStyleRebase rebase pull
+	MergeStyleRebase MergeStyle = "rebase"
+	// MergeStyleRebaseMerge rebase and merge pull
+	MergeStyleRebaseMerge MergeStyle = "rebase-merge"
+	// MergeStyleSquash squash and merge pull
+	MergeStyleSquash MergeStyle = "squash"
+)
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *ListPullRequestsOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+	if len(opt.State) > 0 {
+		query.Add("state", string(opt.State))
+	}
+	if len(opt.Sort) > 0 {
+		query.Add("sort", opt.Sort)
+	}
+	if opt.Milestone > 0 {
+		query.Add("milestone", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.Milestone))
+	}
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// ListRepoPullRequests list PRs of one repository
+func (c *Client) ListRepoPullRequests(owner, repo string, opt ListPullRequestsOptions) ([]*PullRequest, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	prs := make([]*PullRequest, 0, opt.PageSize)
+
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls", owner, repo))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &prs)
+	if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0) != nil {
+		for i := range prs {
+			if err := fixPullHeadSha(c, prs[i]); err != nil {
+				return prs, resp, err
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return prs, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetPullRequest get information of one PR
+func (c *Client) GetPullRequest(owner, repo string, index int64) (*PullRequest, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	pr := new(PullRequest)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, pr)
+	if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0) != nil {
+		if err := fixPullHeadSha(c, pr); err != nil {
+			return pr, resp, err
+		}
+	}
+	return pr, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreatePullRequestOption options when creating a pull request
+type CreatePullRequestOption struct {
+	Head      string     `json:"head"`
+	Base      string     `json:"base"`
+	Title     string     `json:"title"`
+	Body      string     `json:"body"`
+	Assignee  string     `json:"assignee"`
+	Assignees []string   `json:"assignees"`
+	Milestone int64      `json:"milestone"`
+	Labels    []int64    `json:"labels"`
+	Deadline  *time.Time `json:"due_date"`
+}
+
+// CreatePullRequest create pull request with options
+func (c *Client) CreatePullRequest(owner, repo string, opt CreatePullRequestOption) (*PullRequest, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	pr := new(PullRequest)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls", owner, repo),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), pr)
+	return pr, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditPullRequestOption options when modify pull request
+type EditPullRequestOption struct {
+	Title     string     `json:"title"`
+	Body      string     `json:"body"`
+	Base      string     `json:"base"`
+	Assignee  string     `json:"assignee"`
+	Assignees []string   `json:"assignees"`
+	Milestone int64      `json:"milestone"`
+	Labels    []int64    `json:"labels"`
+	State     *StateType `json:"state"`
+	Deadline  *time.Time `json:"due_date"`
+}
+
+// Validate the EditPullRequestOption struct
+func (opt EditPullRequestOption) Validate(c *Client) error {
+	if len(opt.Title) != 0 && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Base) != 0 {
+		if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("can not change base gitea to old")
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// EditPullRequest modify pull request with PR id and options
+func (c *Client) EditPullRequest(owner, repo string, index int64, opt EditPullRequestOption) (*PullRequest, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	pr := new(PullRequest)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d", owner, repo, index),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), pr)
+	return pr, resp, err
+}
+
+// MergePullRequestOption options when merging a pull request
+type MergePullRequestOption struct {
+	Style   MergeStyle `json:"Do"`
+	Title   string     `json:"MergeTitleField"`
+	Message string     `json:"MergeMessageField"`
+}
+
+// Validate the MergePullRequestOption struct
+func (opt MergePullRequestOption) Validate(c *Client) error {
+	if opt.Style == MergeStyleSquash {
+		if err := c.CheckServerVersionConstraint(">=1.11.5"); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// MergePullRequest merge a PR to repository by PR id
+func (c *Client) MergePullRequest(owner, repo string, index int64, opt MergePullRequestOption) (bool, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/merge", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	if err != nil {
+		return false, resp, err
+	}
+	return status == 200, resp, nil
+}
+
+// IsPullRequestMerged test if one PR is merged to one repository
+func (c *Client) IsPullRequestMerged(owner, repo string, index int64) (bool, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/merge", owner, repo, index), nil, nil)
+
+	if err != nil {
+		return false, resp, err
+	}
+
+	return status == 204, resp, nil
+}
+
+// getPullRequestDiffOrPatch gets the patch or diff file as bytes for a PR
+func (c *Client) getPullRequestDiffOrPatch(owner, repo, kind string, index int64) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &kind); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+		r, _, err2 := c.GetRepo(owner, repo)
+		if err2 != nil {
+			return nil, nil, err
+		}
+		if r.Private {
+			return nil, nil, err
+		}
+		return c.getWebResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/%s/%s/pulls/%d.%s", owner, repo, index, kind), nil)
+	}
+	return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d.%s", owner, repo, index, kind), nil, nil)
+}
+
+// GetPullRequestPatch gets the .patch file as bytes for a PR
+func (c *Client) GetPullRequestPatch(owner, repo string, index int64) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
+	return c.getPullRequestDiffOrPatch(owner, repo, "patch", index)
+}
+
+// GetPullRequestDiff gets the .diff file as bytes for a PR
+func (c *Client) GetPullRequestDiff(owner, repo string, index int64) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
+	return c.getPullRequestDiffOrPatch(owner, repo, "diff", index)
+}
+
+// ListPullRequestCommitsOptions options for listing pull requests
+type ListPullRequestCommitsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListPullRequestCommits list commits for a pull request
+func (c *Client) ListPullRequestCommits(owner, repo string, index int64, opt ListPullRequestCommitsOptions) ([]*Commit, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/commits", owner, repo, index))
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	commits := make([]*Commit, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	link.RawQuery = opt.getURLQuery().Encode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &commits)
+	return commits, resp, err
+}
+
+// fixPullHeadSha is a workaround for https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/issues/12675
+// When no head sha is available, this is because the branch got deleted in the base repo.
+// pr.Head.Ref points in this case not to the head repo branch name, but the base repo ref,
+// which stays available to resolve the commit sha. This is fixed for gitea >= 1.14.0
+func fixPullHeadSha(client *Client, pr *PullRequest) error {
+	if pr.Base != nil && pr.Base.Repository != nil && pr.Base.Repository.Owner != nil &&
+		pr.Head != nil && pr.Head.Ref != "" && pr.Head.Sha == "" {
+		owner := pr.Base.Repository.Owner.UserName
+		repo := pr.Base.Repository.Name
+		refs, _, err := client.GetRepoRefs(owner, repo, pr.Head.Ref)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		} else if len(refs) == 0 {
+			return fmt.Errorf("unable to resolve PR ref '%s'", pr.Head.Ref)
+		}
+		pr.Head.Sha = refs[0].Object.SHA
+	}
+	return nil
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/pull_review.go

@@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// ReviewStateType review state type
+type ReviewStateType string
+
+const (
+	// ReviewStateApproved pr is approved
+	ReviewStateApproved ReviewStateType = "APPROVED"
+	// ReviewStatePending pr state is pending
+	ReviewStatePending ReviewStateType = "PENDING"
+	// ReviewStateComment is a comment review
+	ReviewStateComment ReviewStateType = "COMMENT"
+	// ReviewStateRequestChanges changes for pr are requested
+	ReviewStateRequestChanges ReviewStateType = "REQUEST_CHANGES"
+	// ReviewStateRequestReview review is requested from user
+	ReviewStateRequestReview ReviewStateType = "REQUEST_REVIEW"
+	// ReviewStateUnknown state of pr is unknown
+	ReviewStateUnknown ReviewStateType = ""
+)
+
+// PullReview represents a pull request review
+type PullReview struct {
+	ID           int64           `json:"id"`
+	Reviewer     *User           `json:"user"`
+	ReviewerTeam *Team           `json:"team"`
+	State        ReviewStateType `json:"state"`
+	Body         string          `json:"body"`
+	CommitID     string          `json:"commit_id"`
+	// Stale indicates if the pull has changed since the review
+	Stale bool `json:"stale"`
+	// Official indicates if the review counts towards the required approval limit, if PR base is a protected branch
+	Official          bool      `json:"official"`
+	Dismissed         bool      `json:"dismissed"`
+	CodeCommentsCount int       `json:"comments_count"`
+	Submitted         time.Time `json:"submitted_at"`
+
+	HTMLURL     string `json:"html_url"`
+	HTMLPullURL string `json:"pull_request_url"`
+}
+
+// PullReviewComment represents a comment on a pull request review
+type PullReviewComment struct {
+	ID       int64  `json:"id"`
+	Body     string `json:"body"`
+	Reviewer *User  `json:"user"`
+	ReviewID int64  `json:"pull_request_review_id"`
+	Resolver *User  `json:"resolver"`
+
+	Created time.Time `json:"created_at"`
+	Updated time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
+
+	Path         string `json:"path"`
+	CommitID     string `json:"commit_id"`
+	OrigCommitID string `json:"original_commit_id"`
+	DiffHunk     string `json:"diff_hunk"`
+	LineNum      uint64 `json:"position"`
+	OldLineNum   uint64 `json:"original_position"`
+
+	HTMLURL     string `json:"html_url"`
+	HTMLPullURL string `json:"pull_request_url"`
+}
+
+// CreatePullReviewOptions are options to create a pull review
+type CreatePullReviewOptions struct {
+	State    ReviewStateType           `json:"event"`
+	Body     string                    `json:"body"`
+	CommitID string                    `json:"commit_id"`
+	Comments []CreatePullReviewComment `json:"comments"`
+}
+
+// CreatePullReviewComment represent a review comment for creation api
+type CreatePullReviewComment struct {
+	// the tree path
+	Path string `json:"path"`
+	Body string `json:"body"`
+	// if comment to old file line or 0
+	OldLineNum int64 `json:"old_position"`
+	// if comment to new file line or 0
+	NewLineNum int64 `json:"new_position"`
+}
+
+// SubmitPullReviewOptions are options to submit a pending pull review
+type SubmitPullReviewOptions struct {
+	State ReviewStateType `json:"event"`
+	Body  string          `json:"body"`
+}
+
+// DismissPullReviewOptions are options to dismiss a pull review
+type DismissPullReviewOptions struct {
+	Message string `json:"message"`
+}
+
+// PullReviewRequestOptions are options to add or remove pull review requests
+type PullReviewRequestOptions struct {
+	Reviewers     []string `json:"reviewers"`
+	TeamReviewers []string `json:"team_reviewers"`
+}
+
+// ListPullReviewsOptions options for listing PullReviews
+type ListPullReviewsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// Validate the CreatePullReviewOptions struct
+func (opt CreatePullReviewOptions) Validate() error {
+	if opt.State != ReviewStateApproved && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Body)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("body is empty")
+	}
+	for i := range opt.Comments {
+		if err := opt.Comments[i].Validate(); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Validate the SubmitPullReviewOptions struct
+func (opt SubmitPullReviewOptions) Validate() error {
+	if opt.State != ReviewStateApproved && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Body)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("body is empty")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Validate the CreatePullReviewComment struct
+func (opt CreatePullReviewComment) Validate() error {
+	if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Body)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("body is empty")
+	}
+	if opt.NewLineNum != 0 && opt.OldLineNum != 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("old and new line num are set, cant identify the code comment position")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// ListPullReviews lists all reviews of a pull request
+func (c *Client) ListPullReviews(owner, repo string, index int64, opt ListPullReviewsOptions) ([]*PullReview, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	rs := make([]*PullReview, 0, opt.PageSize)
+
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews", owner, repo, index))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.ListOptions.getURLQuery().Encode()
+
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &rs)
+	return rs, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetPullReview gets a specific review of a pull request
+func (c *Client) GetPullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64) (*PullReview, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	r := new(PullReview)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d", owner, repo, index, id), jsonHeader, nil, &r)
+	return r, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListPullReviewComments lists all comments of a pull request review
+func (c *Client) ListPullReviewComments(owner, repo string, index, id int64) ([]*PullReviewComment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	rcl := make([]*PullReviewComment, 0, 4)
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d/comments", owner, repo, index, id))
+
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &rcl)
+	return rcl, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeletePullReview delete a specific review from a pull request
+func (c *Client) DeletePullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d", owner, repo, index, id), jsonHeader, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// CreatePullReview create a review to an pull request
+func (c *Client) CreatePullReview(owner, repo string, index int64, opt CreatePullReviewOptions) (*PullReview, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	r := new(PullReview)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews", owner, repo, index),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), r)
+	return r, resp, err
+}
+
+// SubmitPullReview submit a pending review to an pull request
+func (c *Client) SubmitPullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64, opt SubmitPullReviewOptions) (*PullReview, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	r := new(PullReview)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d", owner, repo, index, id),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), r)
+	return r, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateReviewRequests create review requests to an pull request
+func (c *Client) CreateReviewRequests(owner, repo string, index int64, opt PullReviewRequestOptions) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/requested_reviewers", owner, repo, index),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteReviewRequests delete review requests to an pull request
+func (c *Client) DeleteReviewRequests(owner, repo string, index int64, opt PullReviewRequestOptions) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/requested_reviewers", owner, repo, index),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DismissPullReview dismiss a review for a pull request
+func (c *Client) DismissPullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64, opt DismissPullReviewOptions) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d/dismissals", owner, repo, index, id),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// UnDismissPullReview cancel to dismiss a review for a pull request
+func (c *Client) UnDismissPullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d/undismissals", owner, repo, index, id),
+		jsonHeader, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/release.go

@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Release represents a repository release
+type Release struct {
+	ID           int64         `json:"id"`
+	TagName      string        `json:"tag_name"`
+	Target       string        `json:"target_commitish"`
+	Title        string        `json:"name"`
+	Note         string        `json:"body"`
+	URL          string        `json:"url"`
+	HTMLURL      string        `json:"html_url"`
+	TarURL       string        `json:"tarball_url"`
+	ZipURL       string        `json:"zipball_url"`
+	IsDraft      bool          `json:"draft"`
+	IsPrerelease bool          `json:"prerelease"`
+	CreatedAt    time.Time     `json:"created_at"`
+	PublishedAt  time.Time     `json:"published_at"`
+	Publisher    *User         `json:"author"`
+	Attachments  []*Attachment `json:"assets"`
+}
+
+// ListReleasesOptions options for listing repository's releases
+type ListReleasesOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+	IsDraft      *bool
+	IsPreRelease *bool
+}
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *ListReleasesOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+
+	if opt.IsDraft != nil {
+		query.Add("draft", fmt.Sprintf("%t", *opt.IsDraft))
+	}
+	if opt.IsPreRelease != nil {
+		query.Add("draft", fmt.Sprintf("%t", *opt.IsPreRelease))
+	}
+
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// ListReleases list releases of a repository
+func (c *Client) ListReleases(owner, repo string, opt ListReleasesOptions) ([]*Release, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	releases := make([]*Release, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases?%s", owner, repo, opt.QueryEncode()),
+		nil, nil, &releases)
+	return releases, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetRelease get a release of a repository by id
+func (c *Client) GetRelease(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Release, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	r := new(Release)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d", owner, repo, id),
+		jsonHeader, nil, &r)
+	return r, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetReleaseByTag get a release of a repository by tag
+func (c *Client) GetReleaseByTag(owner, repo string, tag string) (*Release, *Response, error) {
+	if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0) != nil {
+		return c.fallbackGetReleaseByTag(owner, repo, tag)
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &tag); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	r := new(Release)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/tags/%s", owner, repo, tag),
+		nil, nil, &r)
+	return r, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateReleaseOption options when creating a release
+type CreateReleaseOption struct {
+	TagName      string `json:"tag_name"`
+	Target       string `json:"target_commitish"`
+	Title        string `json:"name"`
+	Note         string `json:"body"`
+	IsDraft      bool   `json:"draft"`
+	IsPrerelease bool   `json:"prerelease"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateReleaseOption struct
+func (opt CreateReleaseOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateRelease create a release
+func (c *Client) CreateRelease(owner, repo string, opt CreateReleaseOption) (*Release, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	r := new(Release)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases", owner, repo),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), r)
+	return r, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditReleaseOption options when editing a release
+type EditReleaseOption struct {
+	TagName      string `json:"tag_name"`
+	Target       string `json:"target_commitish"`
+	Title        string `json:"name"`
+	Note         string `json:"body"`
+	IsDraft      *bool  `json:"draft"`
+	IsPrerelease *bool  `json:"prerelease"`
+}
+
+// EditRelease edit a release
+func (c *Client) EditRelease(owner, repo string, id int64, form EditReleaseOption) (*Release, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(form)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	r := new(Release)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d", owner, repo, id),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), r)
+	return r, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteRelease delete a release from a repository, keeping its tag
+func (c *Client) DeleteRelease(user, repo string, id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d", user, repo, id),
+		nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteReleaseByTag deletes a release frm a repository by tag
+func (c *Client) DeleteReleaseByTag(user, repo string, tag string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &tag); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/tags/%s", user, repo, tag),
+		nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// fallbackGetReleaseByTag is fallback for old gitea installations ( < 1.13.0 )
+func (c *Client) fallbackGetReleaseByTag(owner, repo string, tag string) (*Release, *Response, error) {
+	for i := 1; ; i++ {
+		rl, resp, err := c.ListReleases(owner, repo, ListReleasesOptions{ListOptions: ListOptions{Page: i}})
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, resp, err
+		}
+		if len(rl) == 0 {
+			return nil,
+				&Response{&http.Response{StatusCode: 404}},
+				fmt.Errorf("release with tag '%s' not found", tag)
+		}
+		for _, r := range rl {
+			if r.TagName == tag {
+				return r, resp, nil
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo.go

@@ -0,0 +1,534 @@
+// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"net/url"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Permission represents a set of permissions
+type Permission struct {
+	Admin bool `json:"admin"`
+	Push  bool `json:"push"`
+	Pull  bool `json:"pull"`
+}
+
+// InternalTracker represents settings for internal tracker
+type InternalTracker struct {
+	// Enable time tracking (Built-in issue tracker)
+	EnableTimeTracker bool `json:"enable_time_tracker"`
+	// Let only contributors track time (Built-in issue tracker)
+	AllowOnlyContributorsToTrackTime bool `json:"allow_only_contributors_to_track_time"`
+	// Enable dependencies for issues and pull requests (Built-in issue tracker)
+	EnableIssueDependencies bool `json:"enable_issue_dependencies"`
+}
+
+// ExternalTracker represents settings for external tracker
+type ExternalTracker struct {
+	// URL of external issue tracker.
+	ExternalTrackerURL string `json:"external_tracker_url"`
+	// External Issue Tracker URL Format. Use the placeholders {user}, {repo} and {index} for the username, repository name and issue index.
+	ExternalTrackerFormat string `json:"external_tracker_format"`
+	// External Issue Tracker Number Format, either `numeric` or `alphanumeric`
+	ExternalTrackerStyle string `json:"external_tracker_style"`
+}
+
+// ExternalWiki represents setting for external wiki
+type ExternalWiki struct {
+	// URL of external wiki.
+	ExternalWikiURL string `json:"external_wiki_url"`
+}
+
+// Repository represents a repository
+type Repository struct {
+	ID                        int64            `json:"id"`
+	Owner                     *User            `json:"owner"`
+	Name                      string           `json:"name"`
+	FullName                  string           `json:"full_name"`
+	Description               string           `json:"description"`
+	Empty                     bool             `json:"empty"`
+	Private                   bool             `json:"private"`
+	Fork                      bool             `json:"fork"`
+	Template                  bool             `json:"template"`
+	Parent                    *Repository      `json:"parent"`
+	Mirror                    bool             `json:"mirror"`
+	Size                      int              `json:"size"`
+	HTMLURL                   string           `json:"html_url"`
+	SSHURL                    string           `json:"ssh_url"`
+	CloneURL                  string           `json:"clone_url"`
+	OriginalURL               string           `json:"original_url"`
+	Website                   string           `json:"website"`
+	Stars                     int              `json:"stars_count"`
+	Forks                     int              `json:"forks_count"`
+	Watchers                  int              `json:"watchers_count"`
+	OpenIssues                int              `json:"open_issues_count"`
+	OpenPulls                 int              `json:"open_pr_counter"`
+	Releases                  int              `json:"release_counter"`
+	DefaultBranch             string           `json:"default_branch"`
+	Archived                  bool             `json:"archived"`
+	Created                   time.Time        `json:"created_at"`
+	Updated                   time.Time        `json:"updated_at"`
+	Permissions               *Permission      `json:"permissions,omitempty"`
+	HasIssues                 bool             `json:"has_issues"`
+	InternalTracker           *InternalTracker `json:"internal_tracker,omitempty"`
+	ExternalTracker           *ExternalTracker `json:"external_tracker,omitempty"`
+	HasWiki                   bool             `json:"has_wiki"`
+	ExternalWiki              *ExternalWiki    `json:"external_wiki,omitempty"`
+	HasPullRequests           bool             `json:"has_pull_requests"`
+	HasProjects               bool             `json:"has_projects"`
+	IgnoreWhitespaceConflicts bool             `json:"ignore_whitespace_conflicts"`
+	AllowMerge                bool             `json:"allow_merge_commits"`
+	AllowRebase               bool             `json:"allow_rebase"`
+	AllowRebaseMerge          bool             `json:"allow_rebase_explicit"`
+	AllowSquash               bool             `json:"allow_squash_merge"`
+	AvatarURL                 string           `json:"avatar_url"`
+	Internal                  bool             `json:"internal"`
+	MirrorInterval            string           `json:"mirror_interval"`
+	DefaultMergeStyle         MergeStyle       `json:"default_merge_style"`
+}
+
+// RepoType represent repo type
+type RepoType string
+
+const (
+	// RepoTypeNone dont specify a type
+	RepoTypeNone RepoType = ""
+	// RepoTypeSource is the default repo type
+	RepoTypeSource RepoType = "source"
+	// RepoTypeFork is a repo witch was forked from an other one
+	RepoTypeFork RepoType = "fork"
+	// RepoTypeMirror represents an mirror repo
+	RepoTypeMirror RepoType = "mirror"
+)
+
+// TrustModel represent how git signatures are handled in a repository
+type TrustModel string
+
+const (
+	// TrustModelDefault use TM set by global config
+	TrustModelDefault TrustModel = "default"
+	// TrustModelCollaborator gpg signature has to be owned by a repo collaborator
+	TrustModelCollaborator TrustModel = "collaborator"
+	// TrustModelCommitter gpg signature has to match committer
+	TrustModelCommitter TrustModel = "committer"
+	// TrustModelCollaboratorCommitter gpg signature has to match committer and owned by a repo collaborator
+	TrustModelCollaboratorCommitter TrustModel = "collaboratorcommitter"
+)
+
+// ListReposOptions options for listing repositories
+type ListReposOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListMyRepos lists all repositories for the authenticated user that has access to.
+func (c *Client) ListMyRepos(opt ListReposOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	repos := make([]*Repository, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/repos?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &repos)
+	return repos, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListUserRepos list all repositories of one user by user's name
+func (c *Client) ListUserRepos(user string, opt ListReposOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	repos := make([]*Repository, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/repos?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &repos)
+	return repos, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListOrgReposOptions options for a organization's repositories
+type ListOrgReposOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListOrgRepos list all repositories of one organization by organization's name
+func (c *Client) ListOrgRepos(org string, opt ListOrgReposOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	repos := make([]*Repository, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/repos?%s", org, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &repos)
+	return repos, resp, err
+}
+
+// SearchRepoOptions options for searching repositories
+type SearchRepoOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+
+	// The keyword to query
+	Keyword string
+	// Limit search to repositories with keyword as topic
+	KeywordIsTopic bool
+	// Include search of keyword within repository description
+	KeywordInDescription bool
+
+	/*
+		User Filter
+	*/
+
+	// Repo Owner
+	OwnerID int64
+	// Stared By UserID
+	StarredByUserID int64
+
+	/*
+		Repo Attributes
+	*/
+
+	// pubic, private or all repositories (defaults to all)
+	IsPrivate *bool
+	// archived, non-archived or all repositories (defaults to all)
+	IsArchived *bool
+	// Exclude template repos from search
+	ExcludeTemplate bool
+	// Filter by "fork", "source", "mirror"
+	Type RepoType
+
+	/*
+		Sort Filters
+	*/
+
+	// sort repos by attribute. Supported values are "alpha", "created", "updated", "size", and "id". Default is "alpha"
+	Sort string
+	// sort order, either "asc" (ascending) or "desc" (descending). Default is "asc", ignored if "sort" is not specified.
+	Order string
+	// Repo owner to prioritize in the results
+	PrioritizedByOwnerID int64
+
+	/*
+		Cover EdgeCases
+	*/
+	// if set all other options are ignored and this string is used as query
+	RawQuery string
+}
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *SearchRepoOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+	if opt.Keyword != "" {
+		query.Add("q", opt.Keyword)
+	}
+	if opt.KeywordIsTopic {
+		query.Add("topic", "true")
+	}
+	if opt.KeywordInDescription {
+		query.Add("includeDesc", "true")
+	}
+
+	// User Filter
+	if opt.OwnerID > 0 {
+		query.Add("uid", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.OwnerID))
+		query.Add("exclusive", "true")
+	}
+	if opt.StarredByUserID > 0 {
+		query.Add("starredBy", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.StarredByUserID))
+	}
+
+	// Repo Attributes
+	if opt.IsPrivate != nil {
+		query.Add("is_private", fmt.Sprintf("%v", opt.IsPrivate))
+	}
+	if opt.IsArchived != nil {
+		query.Add("archived", fmt.Sprintf("%v", opt.IsArchived))
+	}
+	if opt.ExcludeTemplate {
+		query.Add("template", "false")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Type) != 0 {
+		query.Add("mode", string(opt.Type))
+	}
+
+	// Sort Filters
+	if opt.Sort != "" {
+		query.Add("sort", opt.Sort)
+	}
+	if opt.PrioritizedByOwnerID > 0 {
+		query.Add("priority_owner_id", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.PrioritizedByOwnerID))
+	}
+	if opt.Order != "" {
+		query.Add("order", opt.Order)
+	}
+
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+type searchRepoResponse struct {
+	Repos []*Repository `json:"data"`
+}
+
+// SearchRepos searches for repositories matching the given filters
+func (c *Client) SearchRepos(opt SearchRepoOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	repos := new(searchRepoResponse)
+
+	link, _ := url.Parse("/repos/search")
+
+	if len(opt.RawQuery) != 0 {
+		link.RawQuery = opt.RawQuery
+	} else {
+		link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+		// IsPrivate only works on gitea >= 1.12.0
+		if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil && opt.IsPrivate != nil {
+			if *opt.IsPrivate {
+				// private repos only not supported on gitea <= 1.11.x
+				return nil, nil, err
+			}
+			link.Query().Add("private", "false")
+		}
+	}
+
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &repos)
+	return repos.Repos, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateRepoOption options when creating repository
+type CreateRepoOption struct {
+	// Name of the repository to create
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+	// Description of the repository to create
+	Description string `json:"description"`
+	// Whether the repository is private
+	Private bool `json:"private"`
+	// Issue Label set to use
+	IssueLabels string `json:"issue_labels"`
+	// Whether the repository should be auto-intialized?
+	AutoInit bool `json:"auto_init"`
+	// Whether the repository is template
+	Template bool `json:"template"`
+	// Gitignores to use
+	Gitignores string `json:"gitignores"`
+	// License to use
+	License string `json:"license"`
+	// Readme of the repository to create
+	Readme string `json:"readme"`
+	// DefaultBranch of the repository (used when initializes and in template)
+	DefaultBranch string `json:"default_branch"`
+	// TrustModel of the repository
+	TrustModel TrustModel `json:"trust_model"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateRepoOption struct
+func (opt CreateRepoOption) Validate(c *Client) error {
+	if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Name)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("name is empty")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Name) > 100 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("name has more than 100 chars")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Description) > 255 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("name has more than 255 chars")
+	}
+	if len(opt.DefaultBranch) > 100 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("name has more than 100 chars")
+	}
+	if len(opt.TrustModel) != 0 {
+		if err := c.CheckServerVersionConstraint(">=1.13.0"); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateRepo creates a repository for authenticated user.
+func (c *Client) CreateRepo(opt CreateRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/repos", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateOrgRepo creates an organization repository for authenticated user.
+func (c *Client) CreateOrgRepo(org string, opt CreateRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/org/%s/repos", org), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetRepo returns information of a repository of given owner.
+func (c *Client) GetRepo(owner, reponame string) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &reponame); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s", owner, reponame), nil, nil, repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetRepoByID returns information of a repository by a giver repository ID.
+func (c *Client) GetRepoByID(id int64) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repositories/%d", id), nil, nil, repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditRepoOption options when editing a repository's properties
+type EditRepoOption struct {
+	// name of the repository
+	Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"`
+	// a short description of the repository.
+	Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"`
+	// a URL with more information about the repository.
+	Website *string `json:"website,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to make the repository private or `false` to make it public.
+	// Note: you will get a 422 error if the organization restricts changing repository visibility to organization
+	// owners and a non-owner tries to change the value of private.
+	Private *bool `json:"private,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to make this repository a template or `false` to make it a normal repository
+	Template *bool `json:"template,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to enable issues for this repository or `false` to disable them.
+	HasIssues *bool `json:"has_issues,omitempty"`
+	// set this structure to configure internal issue tracker (requires has_issues)
+	InternalTracker *InternalTracker `json:"internal_tracker,omitempty"`
+	// set this structure to use external issue tracker (requires has_issues)
+	ExternalTracker *ExternalTracker `json:"external_tracker,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to enable the wiki for this repository or `false` to disable it.
+	HasWiki *bool `json:"has_wiki,omitempty"`
+	// set this structure to use external wiki instead of internal (requires has_wiki)
+	ExternalWiki *ExternalWiki `json:"external_wiki,omitempty"`
+	// sets the default branch for this repository.
+	DefaultBranch *string `json:"default_branch,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to allow pull requests, or `false` to prevent pull request.
+	HasPullRequests *bool `json:"has_pull_requests,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to enable project unit, or `false` to disable them.
+	HasProjects *bool `json:"has_projects,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to ignore whitespace for conflicts, or `false` to not ignore whitespace. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
+	IgnoreWhitespaceConflicts *bool `json:"ignore_whitespace_conflicts,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to allow merging pull requests with a merge commit, or `false` to prevent merging pull requests with merge commits. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
+	AllowMerge *bool `json:"allow_merge_commits,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to allow rebase-merging pull requests, or `false` to prevent rebase-merging. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
+	AllowRebase *bool `json:"allow_rebase,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to allow rebase with explicit merge commits (--no-ff), or `false` to prevent rebase with explicit merge commits. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
+	AllowRebaseMerge *bool `json:"allow_rebase_explicit,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to allow squash-merging pull requests, or `false` to prevent squash-merging. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
+	AllowSquash *bool `json:"allow_squash_merge,omitempty"`
+	// set to `true` to archive this repository.
+	Archived *bool `json:"archived,omitempty"`
+	// set to a string like `8h30m0s` to set the mirror interval time
+	MirrorInterval *string `json:"mirror_interval,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to allow mark pr as merged manually, or `false` to prevent it. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
+	AllowManualMerge *bool `json:"allow_manual_merge,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to enable AutodetectManualMerge, or `false` to prevent it. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`, Note: In some special cases, misjudgments can occur.
+	AutodetectManualMerge *bool `json:"autodetect_manual_merge,omitempty"`
+	// set to a merge style to be used by this repository: "merge", "rebase", "rebase-merge", or "squash". `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
+	DefaultMergeStyle *MergeStyle `json:"default_merge_style,omitempty"`
+	// set to `true` to archive this repository.
+}
+
+// EditRepo edit the properties of a repository
+func (c *Client) EditRepo(owner, reponame string, opt EditRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &reponame); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s", owner, reponame), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteRepo deletes a repository of user or organization.
+func (c *Client) DeleteRepo(owner, repo string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s", owner, repo), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// MirrorSync adds a mirrored repository to the mirror sync queue.
+func (c *Client) MirrorSync(owner, repo string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/mirror-sync", owner, repo), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// GetRepoLanguages return language stats of a repo
+func (c *Client) GetRepoLanguages(owner, repo string) (map[string]int64, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	langMap := make(map[string]int64)
+
+	data, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/languages", owner, repo), jsonHeader, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+	if err = json.Unmarshal(data, &langMap); err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+	return langMap, resp, nil
+}
+
+// ArchiveType represent supported archive formats by gitea
+type ArchiveType string
+
+const (
+	// ZipArchive represent zip format
+	ZipArchive ArchiveType = ".zip"
+	// TarGZArchive represent tar.gz format
+	TarGZArchive ArchiveType = ".tar.gz"
+)
+
+// GetArchive get an archive of a repository by git reference
+// e.g.: ref -> master, 70b7c74b33, v1.2.1, ...
+func (c *Client) GetArchive(owner, repo, ref string, ext ArchiveType) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref)
+	return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/archive/%s%s", owner, repo, ref, ext), nil, nil)
+}
+
+// GetArchiveReader gets a `git archive` for a particular tree-ish git reference
+// such as a branch name (`master`), a commit hash (`70b7c74b33`), a tag
+// (`v1.2.1`). The archive is returned as a byte stream in a ReadCloser. It is
+// the responsibility of the client to close the reader.
+func (c *Client) GetArchiveReader(owner, repo, ref string, ext ArchiveType) (io.ReadCloser, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref)
+	resp, err := c.doRequest("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/archive/%s%s", owner, repo, ref, ext), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+
+	if _, err := statusCodeToErr(resp); err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+
+	return resp.Body, resp, nil
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_branch.go

@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// PayloadUser represents the author or committer of a commit
+type PayloadUser struct {
+	// Full name of the commit author
+	Name     string `json:"name"`
+	Email    string `json:"email"`
+	UserName string `json:"username"`
+}
+
+// PayloadCommit represents a commit
+type PayloadCommit struct {
+	// sha1 hash of the commit
+	ID           string                     `json:"id"`
+	Message      string                     `json:"message"`
+	URL          string                     `json:"url"`
+	Author       *PayloadUser               `json:"author"`
+	Committer    *PayloadUser               `json:"committer"`
+	Verification *PayloadCommitVerification `json:"verification"`
+	Timestamp    time.Time                  `json:"timestamp"`
+	Added        []string                   `json:"added"`
+	Removed      []string                   `json:"removed"`
+	Modified     []string                   `json:"modified"`
+}
+
+// PayloadCommitVerification represents the GPG verification of a commit
+type PayloadCommitVerification struct {
+	Verified  bool   `json:"verified"`
+	Reason    string `json:"reason"`
+	Signature string `json:"signature"`
+	Payload   string `json:"payload"`
+}
+
+// Branch represents a repository branch
+type Branch struct {
+	Name                          string         `json:"name"`
+	Commit                        *PayloadCommit `json:"commit"`
+	Protected                     bool           `json:"protected"`
+	RequiredApprovals             int64          `json:"required_approvals"`
+	EnableStatusCheck             bool           `json:"enable_status_check"`
+	StatusCheckContexts           []string       `json:"status_check_contexts"`
+	UserCanPush                   bool           `json:"user_can_push"`
+	UserCanMerge                  bool           `json:"user_can_merge"`
+	EffectiveBranchProtectionName string         `json:"effective_branch_protection_name"`
+}
+
+// ListRepoBranchesOptions options for listing a repository's branches
+type ListRepoBranchesOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListRepoBranches list all the branches of one repository
+func (c *Client) ListRepoBranches(user, repo string, opt ListRepoBranchesOptions) ([]*Branch, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	branches := make([]*Branch, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branches?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &branches)
+	return branches, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetRepoBranch get one branch's information of one repository
+func (c *Client) GetRepoBranch(user, repo, branch string) (*Branch, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &branch); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	b := new(Branch)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branches/%s", user, repo, branch), nil, nil, &b)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+	return b, resp, nil
+}
+
+// DeleteRepoBranch delete a branch in a repository
+func (c *Client) DeleteRepoBranch(user, repo, branch string) (bool, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &branch); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branches/%s", user, repo, branch), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return false, resp, err
+	}
+	return status == 204, resp, nil
+}
+
+// CreateBranchOption options when creating a branch in a repository
+type CreateBranchOption struct {
+	// Name of the branch to create
+	BranchName string `json:"new_branch_name"`
+	// Name of the old branch to create from (optional)
+	OldBranchName string `json:"old_branch_name"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateBranchOption struct
+func (opt CreateBranchOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.BranchName) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("BranchName is empty")
+	}
+	if len(opt.BranchName) > 100 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("BranchName to long")
+	}
+	if len(opt.OldBranchName) > 100 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("OldBranchName to long")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateBranch creates a branch for a user's repository
+func (c *Client) CreateBranch(owner, repo string, opt CreateBranchOption) (*Branch, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	branch := new(Branch)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branches", owner, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), branch)
+	return branch, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_branch_protection.go

@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// BranchProtection represents a branch protection for a repository
+type BranchProtection struct {
+	BranchName                    string    `json:"branch_name"`
+	EnablePush                    bool      `json:"enable_push"`
+	EnablePushWhitelist           bool      `json:"enable_push_whitelist"`
+	PushWhitelistUsernames        []string  `json:"push_whitelist_usernames"`
+	PushWhitelistTeams            []string  `json:"push_whitelist_teams"`
+	PushWhitelistDeployKeys       bool      `json:"push_whitelist_deploy_keys"`
+	EnableMergeWhitelist          bool      `json:"enable_merge_whitelist"`
+	MergeWhitelistUsernames       []string  `json:"merge_whitelist_usernames"`
+	MergeWhitelistTeams           []string  `json:"merge_whitelist_teams"`
+	EnableStatusCheck             bool      `json:"enable_status_check"`
+	StatusCheckContexts           []string  `json:"status_check_contexts"`
+	RequiredApprovals             int64     `json:"required_approvals"`
+	EnableApprovalsWhitelist      bool      `json:"enable_approvals_whitelist"`
+	ApprovalsWhitelistUsernames   []string  `json:"approvals_whitelist_username"`
+	ApprovalsWhitelistTeams       []string  `json:"approvals_whitelist_teams"`
+	BlockOnRejectedReviews        bool      `json:"block_on_rejected_reviews"`
+	BlockOnOfficialReviewRequests bool      `json:"block_on_official_review_requests"`
+	BlockOnOutdatedBranch         bool      `json:"block_on_outdated_branch"`
+	DismissStaleApprovals         bool      `json:"dismiss_stale_approvals"`
+	RequireSignedCommits          bool      `json:"require_signed_commits"`
+	ProtectedFilePatterns         string    `json:"protected_file_patterns"`
+	Created                       time.Time `json:"created_at"`
+	Updated                       time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
+}
+
+// CreateBranchProtectionOption options for creating a branch protection
+type CreateBranchProtectionOption struct {
+	BranchName                    string   `json:"branch_name"`
+	EnablePush                    bool     `json:"enable_push"`
+	EnablePushWhitelist           bool     `json:"enable_push_whitelist"`
+	PushWhitelistUsernames        []string `json:"push_whitelist_usernames"`
+	PushWhitelistTeams            []string `json:"push_whitelist_teams"`
+	PushWhitelistDeployKeys       bool     `json:"push_whitelist_deploy_keys"`
+	EnableMergeWhitelist          bool     `json:"enable_merge_whitelist"`
+	MergeWhitelistUsernames       []string `json:"merge_whitelist_usernames"`
+	MergeWhitelistTeams           []string `json:"merge_whitelist_teams"`
+	EnableStatusCheck             bool     `json:"enable_status_check"`
+	StatusCheckContexts           []string `json:"status_check_contexts"`
+	RequiredApprovals             int64    `json:"required_approvals"`
+	EnableApprovalsWhitelist      bool     `json:"enable_approvals_whitelist"`
+	ApprovalsWhitelistUsernames   []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_username"`
+	ApprovalsWhitelistTeams       []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_teams"`
+	BlockOnRejectedReviews        bool     `json:"block_on_rejected_reviews"`
+	BlockOnOfficialReviewRequests bool     `json:"block_on_official_review_requests"`
+	BlockOnOutdatedBranch         bool     `json:"block_on_outdated_branch"`
+	DismissStaleApprovals         bool     `json:"dismiss_stale_approvals"`
+	RequireSignedCommits          bool     `json:"require_signed_commits"`
+	ProtectedFilePatterns         string   `json:"protected_file_patterns"`
+}
+
+// EditBranchProtectionOption options for editing a branch protection
+type EditBranchProtectionOption struct {
+	EnablePush                    *bool    `json:"enable_push"`
+	EnablePushWhitelist           *bool    `json:"enable_push_whitelist"`
+	PushWhitelistUsernames        []string `json:"push_whitelist_usernames"`
+	PushWhitelistTeams            []string `json:"push_whitelist_teams"`
+	PushWhitelistDeployKeys       *bool    `json:"push_whitelist_deploy_keys"`
+	EnableMergeWhitelist          *bool    `json:"enable_merge_whitelist"`
+	MergeWhitelistUsernames       []string `json:"merge_whitelist_usernames"`
+	MergeWhitelistTeams           []string `json:"merge_whitelist_teams"`
+	EnableStatusCheck             *bool    `json:"enable_status_check"`
+	StatusCheckContexts           []string `json:"status_check_contexts"`
+	RequiredApprovals             *int64   `json:"required_approvals"`
+	EnableApprovalsWhitelist      *bool    `json:"enable_approvals_whitelist"`
+	ApprovalsWhitelistUsernames   []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_username"`
+	ApprovalsWhitelistTeams       []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_teams"`
+	BlockOnRejectedReviews        *bool    `json:"block_on_rejected_reviews"`
+	BlockOnOfficialReviewRequests *bool    `json:"block_on_official_review_requests"`
+	BlockOnOutdatedBranch         *bool    `json:"block_on_outdated_branch"`
+	DismissStaleApprovals         *bool    `json:"dismiss_stale_approvals"`
+	RequireSignedCommits          *bool    `json:"require_signed_commits"`
+	ProtectedFilePatterns         *string  `json:"protected_file_patterns"`
+}
+
+// ListBranchProtectionsOptions list branch protection options
+type ListBranchProtectionsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListBranchProtections list branch protections for a repo
+func (c *Client) ListBranchProtections(owner, repo string, opt ListBranchProtectionsOptions) ([]*BranchProtection, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	bps := make([]*BranchProtection, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections", owner, repo))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.getURLQuery().Encode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &bps)
+	return bps, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetBranchProtection gets a branch protection
+func (c *Client) GetBranchProtection(owner, repo, name string) (*BranchProtection, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	bp := new(BranchProtection)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections/%s", owner, repo, name), jsonHeader, nil, bp)
+	return bp, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateBranchProtection creates a branch protection for a repo
+func (c *Client) CreateBranchProtection(owner, repo string, opt CreateBranchProtectionOption) (*BranchProtection, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	bp := new(BranchProtection)
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections", owner, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), bp)
+	return bp, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditBranchProtection edits a branch protection for a repo
+func (c *Client) EditBranchProtection(owner, repo, name string, opt EditBranchProtectionOption) (*BranchProtection, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	bp := new(BranchProtection)
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections/%s", owner, repo, name), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), bp)
+	return bp, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteBranchProtection deletes a branch protection for a repo
+func (c *Client) DeleteBranchProtection(owner, repo, name string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections/%s", owner, repo, name), jsonHeader, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_collaborator.go

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// ListCollaboratorsOptions options for listing a repository's collaborators
+type ListCollaboratorsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListCollaborators list a repository's collaborators
+func (c *Client) ListCollaborators(user, repo string, opt ListCollaboratorsOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	collaborators := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/collaborators?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()),
+		nil, nil, &collaborators)
+	return collaborators, resp, err
+}
+
+// IsCollaborator check if a user is a collaborator of a repository
+func (c *Client) IsCollaborator(user, repo, collaborator string) (bool, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &collaborator); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/collaborators/%s", user, repo, collaborator), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return false, resp, err
+	}
+	if status == 204 {
+		return true, resp, nil
+	}
+	return false, resp, nil
+}
+
+// AddCollaboratorOption options when adding a user as a collaborator of a repository
+type AddCollaboratorOption struct {
+	Permission *AccessMode `json:"permission"`
+}
+
+// AccessMode represent the grade of access you have to something
+type AccessMode string
+
+const (
+	// AccessModeNone no access
+	AccessModeNone AccessMode = "none"
+	// AccessModeRead read access
+	AccessModeRead AccessMode = "read"
+	// AccessModeWrite write access
+	AccessModeWrite AccessMode = "write"
+	// AccessModeAdmin admin access
+	AccessModeAdmin AccessMode = "admin"
+	// AccessModeOwner owner
+	AccessModeOwner AccessMode = "owner"
+)
+
+// Validate the AddCollaboratorOption struct
+func (opt AddCollaboratorOption) Validate() error {
+	if opt.Permission != nil {
+		if *opt.Permission == AccessModeOwner {
+			*opt.Permission = AccessModeAdmin
+			return nil
+		}
+		if *opt.Permission == AccessModeNone {
+			opt.Permission = nil
+			return nil
+		}
+		if *opt.Permission != AccessModeRead && *opt.Permission != AccessModeWrite && *opt.Permission != AccessModeAdmin {
+			return fmt.Errorf("permission mode invalid")
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// AddCollaborator add some user as a collaborator of a repository
+func (c *Client) AddCollaborator(user, repo, collaborator string, opt AddCollaboratorOption) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &collaborator); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/collaborators/%s", user, repo, collaborator), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteCollaborator remove a collaborator from a repository
+func (c *Client) DeleteCollaborator(user, repo, collaborator string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &collaborator); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/collaborators/%s", user, repo, collaborator), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// GetReviewers return all users that can be requested to review in this repo
+func (c *Client) GetReviewers(user, repo string) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	reviewers := make([]*User, 0, 5)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/reviewers", user, repo), nil, nil, &reviewers)
+	return reviewers, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetAssignees return all users that have write access and can be assigned to issues
+func (c *Client) GetAssignees(user, repo string) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	assignees := make([]*User, 0, 5)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/assignees", user, repo), nil, nil, &assignees)
+	return assignees, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_commit.go

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+// Copyright 2018 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Identity for a person's identity like an author or committer
+type Identity struct {
+	Name  string `json:"name"`
+	Email string `json:"email"`
+}
+
+// CommitMeta contains meta information of a commit in terms of API.
+type CommitMeta struct {
+	URL     string    `json:"url"`
+	SHA     string    `json:"sha"`
+	Created time.Time `json:"created"`
+}
+
+// CommitUser contains information of a user in the context of a commit.
+type CommitUser struct {
+	Identity
+	Date string `json:"date"`
+}
+
+// RepoCommit contains information of a commit in the context of a repository.
+type RepoCommit struct {
+	URL       string      `json:"url"`
+	Author    *CommitUser `json:"author"`
+	Committer *CommitUser `json:"committer"`
+	Message   string      `json:"message"`
+	Tree      *CommitMeta `json:"tree"`
+}
+
+// Commit contains information generated from a Git commit.
+type Commit struct {
+	*CommitMeta
+	HTMLURL    string                 `json:"html_url"`
+	RepoCommit *RepoCommit            `json:"commit"`
+	Author     *User                  `json:"author"`
+	Committer  *User                  `json:"committer"`
+	Parents    []*CommitMeta          `json:"parents"`
+	Files      []*CommitAffectedFiles `json:"files"`
+}
+
+// CommitDateOptions store dates for GIT_AUTHOR_DATE and GIT_COMMITTER_DATE
+type CommitDateOptions struct {
+	Author    time.Time `json:"author"`
+	Committer time.Time `json:"committer"`
+}
+
+// CommitAffectedFiles store information about files affected by the commit
+type CommitAffectedFiles struct {
+	Filename string `json:"filename"`
+}
+
+// GetSingleCommit returns a single commit
+func (c *Client) GetSingleCommit(user, repo, commitID string) (*Commit, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &commitID); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	commit := new(Commit)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/commits/%s", user, repo, commitID), nil, nil, &commit)
+	return commit, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListCommitOptions list commit options
+type ListCommitOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+	//SHA or branch to start listing commits from (usually 'master')
+	SHA string
+}
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *ListCommitOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.ListOptions.getURLQuery()
+	if opt.SHA != "" {
+		query.Add("sha", opt.SHA)
+	}
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// ListRepoCommits return list of commits from a repo
+func (c *Client) ListRepoCommits(user, repo string, opt ListCommitOptions) ([]*Commit, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/commits", user, repo))
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	commits := make([]*Commit, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &commits)
+	return commits, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_file.go

@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// FileOptions options for all file APIs
+type FileOptions struct {
+	// message (optional) for the commit of this file. if not supplied, a default message will be used
+	Message string `json:"message"`
+	// branch (optional) to base this file from. if not given, the default branch is used
+	BranchName string `json:"branch"`
+	// new_branch (optional) will make a new branch from `branch` before creating the file
+	NewBranchName string `json:"new_branch"`
+	// `author` and `committer` are optional (if only one is given, it will be used for the other, otherwise the authenticated user will be used)
+	Author    Identity          `json:"author"`
+	Committer Identity          `json:"committer"`
+	Dates     CommitDateOptions `json:"dates"`
+	// Add a Signed-off-by trailer by the committer at the end of the commit log message.
+	Signoff bool `json:"signoff"`
+}
+
+// CreateFileOptions options for creating files
+// Note: `author` and `committer` are optional (if only one is given, it will be used for the other, otherwise the authenticated user will be used)
+type CreateFileOptions struct {
+	FileOptions
+	// content must be base64 encoded
+	// required: true
+	Content string `json:"content"`
+}
+
+// DeleteFileOptions options for deleting files (used for other File structs below)
+// Note: `author` and `committer` are optional (if only one is given, it will be used for the other, otherwise the authenticated user will be used)
+type DeleteFileOptions struct {
+	FileOptions
+	// sha is the SHA for the file that already exists
+	// required: true
+	SHA string `json:"sha"`
+}
+
+// UpdateFileOptions options for updating files
+// Note: `author` and `committer` are optional (if only one is given, it will be used for the other, otherwise the authenticated user will be used)
+type UpdateFileOptions struct {
+	FileOptions
+	// sha is the SHA for the file that already exists
+	// required: true
+	SHA string `json:"sha"`
+	// content must be base64 encoded
+	// required: true
+	Content string `json:"content"`
+	// from_path (optional) is the path of the original file which will be moved/renamed to the path in the URL
+	FromPath string `json:"from_path"`
+}
+
+// FileLinksResponse contains the links for a repo's file
+type FileLinksResponse struct {
+	Self    *string `json:"self"`
+	GitURL  *string `json:"git"`
+	HTMLURL *string `json:"html"`
+}
+
+// ContentsResponse contains information about a repo's entry's (dir, file, symlink, submodule) metadata and content
+type ContentsResponse struct {
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+	Path string `json:"path"`
+	SHA  string `json:"sha"`
+	// `type` will be `file`, `dir`, `symlink`, or `submodule`
+	Type string `json:"type"`
+	Size int64  `json:"size"`
+	// `encoding` is populated when `type` is `file`, otherwise null
+	Encoding *string `json:"encoding"`
+	// `content` is populated when `type` is `file`, otherwise null
+	Content *string `json:"content"`
+	// `target` is populated when `type` is `symlink`, otherwise null
+	Target      *string `json:"target"`
+	URL         *string `json:"url"`
+	HTMLURL     *string `json:"html_url"`
+	GitURL      *string `json:"git_url"`
+	DownloadURL *string `json:"download_url"`
+	// `submodule_git_url` is populated when `type` is `submodule`, otherwise null
+	SubmoduleGitURL *string            `json:"submodule_git_url"`
+	Links           *FileLinksResponse `json:"_links"`
+}
+
+// FileCommitResponse contains information generated from a Git commit for a repo's file.
+type FileCommitResponse struct {
+	CommitMeta
+	HTMLURL   string        `json:"html_url"`
+	Author    *CommitUser   `json:"author"`
+	Committer *CommitUser   `json:"committer"`
+	Parents   []*CommitMeta `json:"parents"`
+	Message   string        `json:"message"`
+	Tree      *CommitMeta   `json:"tree"`
+}
+
+// FileResponse contains information about a repo's file
+type FileResponse struct {
+	Content      *ContentsResponse          `json:"content"`
+	Commit       *FileCommitResponse        `json:"commit"`
+	Verification *PayloadCommitVerification `json:"verification"`
+}
+
+// FileDeleteResponse contains information about a repo's file that was deleted
+type FileDeleteResponse struct {
+	Content      interface{}                `json:"content"` // to be set to nil
+	Commit       *FileCommitResponse        `json:"commit"`
+	Verification *PayloadCommitVerification `json:"verification"`
+}
+
+// GetFile downloads a file of repository, ref can be branch/tag/commit.
+// e.g.: ref -> master, filepath -> README.md (no leading slash)
+func (c *Client) GetFile(owner, repo, ref, filepath string) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	filepath = pathEscapeSegments(filepath)
+	if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0) != nil {
+		ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref)
+		return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/raw/%s/%s", owner, repo, ref, filepath), nil, nil)
+	}
+	return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/raw/%s?ref=%s", owner, repo, filepath, url.QueryEscape(ref)), nil, nil)
+}
+
+// GetContents get the metadata and contents of a file in a repository
+// ref is optional
+func (c *Client) GetContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath string) (*ContentsResponse, *Response, error) {
+	data, resp, err := c.getDirOrFileContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+	cr := new(ContentsResponse)
+	if json.Unmarshal(data, &cr) != nil {
+		return nil, resp, fmt.Errorf("expect file, got directory")
+	}
+	return cr, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListContents gets a list of entries in a dir
+// ref is optional
+func (c *Client) ListContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath string) ([]*ContentsResponse, *Response, error) {
+	data, resp, err := c.getDirOrFileContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+	crl := make([]*ContentsResponse, 0)
+	if json.Unmarshal(data, &crl) != nil {
+		return nil, resp, fmt.Errorf("expect directory, got file")
+	}
+	return crl, resp, err
+}
+
+func (c *Client) getDirOrFileContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath string) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	filepath = pathEscapeSegments(strings.TrimPrefix(filepath, "/"))
+	return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/contents/%s?ref=%s", owner, repo, filepath, url.QueryEscape(ref)), jsonHeader, nil)
+}
+
+// CreateFile create a file in a repository
+func (c *Client) CreateFile(owner, repo, filepath string, opt CreateFileOptions) (*FileResponse, *Response, error) {
+	var err error
+	if opt.BranchName, err = c.setDefaultBranchForOldVersions(owner, repo, opt.BranchName); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	filepath = pathEscapeSegments(filepath)
+
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	fr := new(FileResponse)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/contents/%s", owner, repo, filepath), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), fr)
+	return fr, resp, err
+}
+
+// UpdateFile update a file in a repository
+func (c *Client) UpdateFile(owner, repo, filepath string, opt UpdateFileOptions) (*FileResponse, *Response, error) {
+	var err error
+	if opt.BranchName, err = c.setDefaultBranchForOldVersions(owner, repo, opt.BranchName); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	filepath = pathEscapeSegments(filepath)
+
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	fr := new(FileResponse)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/contents/%s", owner, repo, filepath), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), fr)
+	return fr, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteFile delete a file from repository
+func (c *Client) DeleteFile(owner, repo, filepath string, opt DeleteFileOptions) (*Response, error) {
+	var err error
+	if opt.BranchName, err = c.setDefaultBranchForOldVersions(owner, repo, opt.BranchName); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	filepath = pathEscapeSegments(filepath)
+
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/contents/%s", owner, repo, filepath), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	if err != nil {
+		return resp, err
+	}
+	if status != 200 && status != 204 {
+		return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
+	}
+	return resp, nil
+}
+
+func (c *Client) setDefaultBranchForOldVersions(owner, repo, branch string) (string, error) {
+	if len(branch) == 0 {
+		// Gitea >= 1.12.0 Use DefaultBranch on "", mimic this for older versions
+		if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0) != nil {
+			r, _, err := c.GetRepo(owner, repo)
+			if err != nil {
+				return "", err
+			}
+			return r.DefaultBranch, nil
+		}
+	}
+	return branch, nil
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_key.go

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// DeployKey a deploy key
+type DeployKey struct {
+	ID          int64       `json:"id"`
+	KeyID       int64       `json:"key_id"`
+	Key         string      `json:"key"`
+	URL         string      `json:"url"`
+	Title       string      `json:"title"`
+	Fingerprint string      `json:"fingerprint"`
+	Created     time.Time   `json:"created_at"`
+	ReadOnly    bool        `json:"read_only"`
+	Repository  *Repository `json:"repository,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// ListDeployKeysOptions options for listing a repository's deploy keys
+type ListDeployKeysOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+	KeyID       int64
+	Fingerprint string
+}
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *ListDeployKeysOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+	if opt.KeyID > 0 {
+		query.Add("key_id", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.KeyID))
+	}
+	if len(opt.Fingerprint) > 0 {
+		query.Add("fingerprint", opt.Fingerprint)
+	}
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// ListDeployKeys list all the deploy keys of one repository
+func (c *Client) ListDeployKeys(user, repo string, opt ListDeployKeysOptions) ([]*DeployKey, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/keys", user, repo))
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	keys := make([]*DeployKey, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &keys)
+	return keys, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetDeployKey get one deploy key with key id
+func (c *Client) GetDeployKey(user, repo string, keyID int64) (*DeployKey, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	key := new(DeployKey)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/keys/%d", user, repo, keyID), nil, nil, &key)
+	return key, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateDeployKey options when create one deploy key
+func (c *Client) CreateDeployKey(user, repo string, opt CreateKeyOption) (*DeployKey, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	key := new(DeployKey)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/keys", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), key)
+	return key, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteDeployKey delete deploy key with key id
+func (c *Client) DeleteDeployKey(owner, repo string, keyID int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/keys/%d", owner, repo, keyID), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_migrate.go

@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// GitServiceType represents a git service
+type GitServiceType string
+
+const (
+	// GitServicePlain represents a plain git service
+	GitServicePlain GitServiceType = "git"
+	//GitServiceGithub represents github.com
+	GitServiceGithub GitServiceType = "github"
+	// GitServiceGitlab represents a gitlab service
+	GitServiceGitlab GitServiceType = "gitlab"
+	// GitServiceGitea represents a gitea service
+	GitServiceGitea GitServiceType = "gitea"
+	// GitServiceGogs represents a gogs service
+	GitServiceGogs GitServiceType = "gogs"
+)
+
+// MigrateRepoOption options for migrating a repository from an external service
+type MigrateRepoOption struct {
+	RepoName  string `json:"repo_name"`
+	RepoOwner string `json:"repo_owner"`
+	// deprecated use RepoOwner
+	RepoOwnerID    int64          `json:"uid"`
+	CloneAddr      string         `json:"clone_addr"`
+	Service        GitServiceType `json:"service"`
+	AuthUsername   string         `json:"auth_username"`
+	AuthPassword   string         `json:"auth_password"`
+	AuthToken      string         `json:"auth_token"`
+	Mirror         bool           `json:"mirror"`
+	Private        bool           `json:"private"`
+	Description    string         `json:"description"`
+	Wiki           bool           `json:"wiki"`
+	Milestones     bool           `json:"milestones"`
+	Labels         bool           `json:"labels"`
+	Issues         bool           `json:"issues"`
+	PullRequests   bool           `json:"pull_requests"`
+	Releases       bool           `json:"releases"`
+	MirrorInterval string         `json:"mirror_interval"`
+	LFS            bool           `json:"lfs"`
+	LFSEndpoint    string         `json:"lfs_endpoint"`
+}
+
+// Validate the MigrateRepoOption struct
+func (opt *MigrateRepoOption) Validate(c *Client) error {
+	// check user options
+	if len(opt.CloneAddr) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("CloneAddr required")
+	}
+	if len(opt.RepoName) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("RepoName required")
+	} else if len(opt.RepoName) > 100 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("RepoName to long")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Description) > 255 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("Description to long")
+	}
+	switch opt.Service {
+	case GitServiceGithub:
+		if len(opt.AuthToken) == 0 {
+			return fmt.Errorf("github requires token authentication")
+		}
+	case GitServiceGitlab, GitServiceGitea:
+		if len(opt.AuthToken) == 0 {
+			return fmt.Errorf("%s requires token authentication", opt.Service)
+		}
+		// Gitlab is supported since 1.12.0 but api cant handle it until 1.13.0
+		// https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/12672
+		if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0) != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("migrate from service %s need gitea >= 1.13.0", opt.Service)
+		}
+	case GitServiceGogs:
+		if len(opt.AuthToken) == 0 {
+			return fmt.Errorf("gogs requires token authentication")
+		}
+		if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0) != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("migrate from service gogs need gitea >= 1.14.0")
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// MigrateRepo migrates a repository from other Git hosting sources for the authenticated user.
+//
+// To migrate a repository for a organization, the authenticated user must be a
+// owner of the specified organization.
+func (c *Client) MigrateRepo(opt MigrateRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+		if len(opt.AuthToken) != 0 {
+			// gitea <= 1.12 dont understand AuthToken
+			opt.AuthUsername = opt.AuthToken
+			opt.AuthPassword, opt.AuthToken = "", ""
+		}
+		if len(opt.RepoOwner) != 0 {
+			// gitea <= 1.12 dont understand RepoOwner
+			u, _, err := c.GetUserInfo(opt.RepoOwner)
+			if err != nil {
+				return nil, nil, err
+			}
+			opt.RepoOwnerID = u.ID
+		} else if opt.RepoOwnerID == 0 {
+			// gitea <= 1.12 require RepoOwnerID
+			u, _, err := c.GetMyUserInfo()
+			if err != nil {
+				return nil, nil, err
+			}
+			opt.RepoOwnerID = u.ID
+		}
+	}
+
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/repos/migrate", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_refs.go

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+// Copyright 2018 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"encoding/json"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// Reference represents a Git reference.
+type Reference struct {
+	Ref    string     `json:"ref"`
+	URL    string     `json:"url"`
+	Object *GitObject `json:"object"`
+}
+
+// GitObject represents a Git object.
+type GitObject struct {
+	Type string `json:"type"`
+	SHA  string `json:"sha"`
+	URL  string `json:"url"`
+}
+
+// GetRepoRef get one ref's information of one repository
+func (c *Client) GetRepoRef(user, repo, ref string) (*Reference, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	ref = strings.TrimPrefix(ref, "refs/")
+	ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref)
+	r := new(Reference)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/refs/%s", user, repo, ref), nil, nil, &r)
+	if _, ok := err.(*json.UnmarshalTypeError); ok {
+		// Multiple refs
+		return nil, resp, errors.New("no exact match found for this ref")
+	} else if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+
+	return r, resp, nil
+}
+
+// GetRepoRefs get list of ref's information of one repository
+func (c *Client) GetRepoRefs(user, repo, ref string) ([]*Reference, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	ref = strings.TrimPrefix(ref, "refs/")
+	ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref)
+
+	data, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/refs/%s", user, repo, ref), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+
+	// Attempt to unmarshal single returned ref.
+	r := new(Reference)
+	refErr := json.Unmarshal(data, r)
+	if refErr == nil {
+		return []*Reference{r}, resp, nil
+	}
+
+	// Attempt to unmarshal multiple refs.
+	var rs []*Reference
+	refsErr := json.Unmarshal(data, &rs)
+	if refsErr == nil {
+		if len(rs) == 0 {
+			return nil, resp, errors.New("unexpected response: an array of refs with length 0")
+		}
+		return rs, resp, nil
+	}
+
+	return nil, resp, fmt.Errorf("unmarshalling failed for both single and multiple refs: %s and %s", refErr, refsErr)
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_stars.go

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+)
+
+// ListStargazersOptions options for listing a repository's stargazers
+type ListStargazersOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListRepoStargazers list a repository's stargazers
+func (c *Client) ListRepoStargazers(user, repo string, opt ListStargazersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	stargazers := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/stargazers?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &stargazers)
+	return stargazers, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetStarredRepos returns the repos that the given user has starred
+func (c *Client) GetStarredRepos(user string) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repos := make([]*Repository, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/starred", user), jsonHeader, nil, &repos)
+	return repos, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetMyStarredRepos returns the repos that the authenticated user has starred
+func (c *Client) GetMyStarredRepos() ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	repos := make([]*Repository, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user/starred", jsonHeader, nil, &repos)
+	return repos, resp, err
+}
+
+// IsRepoStarring returns whether the authenticated user has starred the repo or not
+func (c *Client) IsRepoStarring(user, repo string) (bool, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/starred/%s/%s", user, repo), jsonHeader, nil)
+	if resp != nil {
+		switch resp.StatusCode {
+		case http.StatusNotFound:
+			return false, resp, nil
+		case http.StatusNoContent:
+			return true, resp, nil
+		default:
+			return false, resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected status code '%d'", resp.StatusCode)
+		}
+	}
+	return false, nil, err
+}
+
+// StarRepo star specified repo as the authenticated user
+func (c *Client) StarRepo(user, repo string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/user/starred/%s/%s", user, repo), jsonHeader, nil)
+	if resp != nil {
+		switch resp.StatusCode {
+		case http.StatusNoContent:
+			return resp, nil
+		default:
+			return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected status code '%d'", resp.StatusCode)
+		}
+	}
+	return nil, err
+}
+
+// UnStarRepo remove star to specified repo as the authenticated user
+func (c *Client) UnStarRepo(user, repo string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/starred/%s/%s", user, repo), jsonHeader, nil)
+	if resp != nil {
+		switch resp.StatusCode {
+		case http.StatusNoContent:
+			return resp, nil
+		default:
+			return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected status code '%d'", resp.StatusCode)
+		}
+	}
+	return nil, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_tag.go

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// Tag represents a repository tag
+type Tag struct {
+	Name       string      `json:"name"`
+	Message    string      `json:"message"`
+	ID         string      `json:"id"`
+	Commit     *CommitMeta `json:"commit"`
+	ZipballURL string      `json:"zipball_url"`
+	TarballURL string      `json:"tarball_url"`
+}
+
+// AnnotatedTag represents an annotated tag
+type AnnotatedTag struct {
+	Tag          string                     `json:"tag"`
+	SHA          string                     `json:"sha"`
+	URL          string                     `json:"url"`
+	Message      string                     `json:"message"`
+	Tagger       *CommitUser                `json:"tagger"`
+	Object       *AnnotatedTagObject        `json:"object"`
+	Verification *PayloadCommitVerification `json:"verification"`
+}
+
+// AnnotatedTagObject contains meta information of the tag object
+type AnnotatedTagObject struct {
+	Type string `json:"type"`
+	URL  string `json:"url"`
+	SHA  string `json:"sha"`
+}
+
+// ListRepoTagsOptions options for listing a repository's tags
+type ListRepoTagsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListRepoTags list all the branches of one repository
+func (c *Client) ListRepoTags(user, repo string, opt ListRepoTagsOptions) ([]*Tag, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	tags := make([]*Tag, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/tags?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &tags)
+	return tags, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetTag get the tag of a repository
+func (c *Client) GetTag(user, repo, tag string) (*Tag, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &tag); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	t := new(Tag)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/tags/%s", user, repo, tag), nil, nil, &t)
+	return t, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetAnnotatedTag get the tag object of an annotated tag (not lightweight tags) of a repository
+func (c *Client) GetAnnotatedTag(user, repo, sha string) (*AnnotatedTag, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &sha); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	t := new(AnnotatedTag)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/tags/%s", user, repo, sha), nil, nil, &t)
+	return t, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateTagOption options when creating a tag
+type CreateTagOption struct {
+	TagName string `json:"tag_name"`
+	Message string `json:"message"`
+	Target  string `json:"target"`
+}
+
+// Validate validates CreateTagOption
+func (opt CreateTagOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.TagName) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("TagName is required")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateTag create a new git tag in a repository
+func (c *Client) CreateTag(user, repo string, opt CreateTagOption) (*Tag, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	t := new(Tag)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/tags", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &t)
+	return t, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteTag deletes a tag from a repository, if no release refers to it
+func (c *Client) DeleteTag(user, repo, tag string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &tag); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/tags/%s", user, repo, tag),
+		nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_team.go

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+)
+
+// GetRepoTeams return teams from a repository
+func (c *Client) GetRepoTeams(user, repo string) ([]*Team, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	teams := make([]*Team, 0, 5)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/teams", user, repo), nil, nil, &teams)
+	return teams, resp, err
+}
+
+// AddRepoTeam add a team to a repository
+func (c *Client) AddRepoTeam(user, repo, team string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &team); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/teams/%s", user, repo, team), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// RemoveRepoTeam delete a team from a repository
+func (c *Client) RemoveRepoTeam(user, repo, team string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &team); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/teams/%s", user, repo, team), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// CheckRepoTeam check if team is assigned to repo by name and return it.
+// If not assigned, it will return nil.
+func (c *Client) CheckRepoTeam(user, repo, team string) (*Team, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &team); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	t := new(Team)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/teams/%s", user, repo, team), nil, nil, &t)
+	if resp != nil && resp.StatusCode == http.StatusNotFound {
+		// if not found it's not an error, it indicates it's not assigned
+		return nil, resp, nil
+	}
+	return t, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_template.go

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// CreateRepoFromTemplateOption options when creating repository using a template
+type CreateRepoFromTemplateOption struct {
+	// Owner is the organization or person who will own the new repository
+	Owner string `json:"owner"`
+	// Name of the repository to create
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+	// Description of the repository to create
+	Description string `json:"description"`
+	// Private is whether the repository is private
+	Private bool `json:"private"`
+	// GitContent include git content of default branch in template repo
+	GitContent bool `json:"git_content"`
+	// Topics include topics of template repo
+	Topics bool `json:"topics"`
+	// GitHooks include git hooks of template repo
+	GitHooks bool `json:"git_hooks"`
+	// Webhooks include webhooks of template repo
+	Webhooks bool `json:"webhooks"`
+	// Avatar include avatar of the template repo
+	Avatar bool `json:"avatar"`
+	// Labels include labels of template repo
+	Labels bool `json:"labels"`
+}
+
+// Validate validates CreateRepoFromTemplateOption
+func (opt CreateRepoFromTemplateOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.Owner) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("field Owner is required")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Name) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("field Name is required")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateRepoFromTemplate create a repository using a template
+func (c *Client) CreateRepoFromTemplate(templateOwner, templateRepo string, opt CreateRepoFromTemplateOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&templateOwner, &templateRepo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/generate", templateOwner, templateRepo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_topics.go

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// ListRepoTopicsOptions options for listing repo's topics
+type ListRepoTopicsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// topicsList represents a list of repo's topics
+type topicsList struct {
+	Topics []string `json:"topics"`
+}
+
+// ListRepoTopics list all repository's topics
+func (c *Client) ListRepoTopics(user, repo string, opt ListRepoTopicsOptions) ([]string, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+
+	list := new(topicsList)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/topics?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, list)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+	return list.Topics, resp, nil
+}
+
+// SetRepoTopics replaces the list of repo's topics
+func (c *Client) SetRepoTopics(user, repo string, list []string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	l := topicsList{Topics: list}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&l)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/topics", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// AddRepoTopic adds a topic to a repo's topics list
+func (c *Client) AddRepoTopic(user, repo, topic string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &topic); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/topics/%s", user, repo, topic), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteRepoTopic deletes a topic from repo's topics list
+func (c *Client) DeleteRepoTopic(user, repo, topic string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &topic); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/topics/%s", user, repo, topic), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_transfer.go

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// TransferRepoOption options when transfer a repository's ownership
+type TransferRepoOption struct {
+	// required: true
+	NewOwner string `json:"new_owner"`
+	// ID of the team or teams to add to the repository. Teams can only be added to organization-owned repositories.
+	TeamIDs *[]int64 `json:"team_ids"`
+}
+
+// TransferRepo transfers the ownership of a repository
+func (c *Client) TransferRepo(owner, reponame string, opt TransferRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &reponame); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/transfer", owner, reponame), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_tree.go

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+// Copyright 2018 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// GitEntry represents a git tree
+type GitEntry struct {
+	Path string `json:"path"`
+	Mode string `json:"mode"`
+	Type string `json:"type"`
+	Size int64  `json:"size"`
+	SHA  string `json:"sha"`
+	URL  string `json:"url"`
+}
+
+// GitTreeResponse returns a git tree
+type GitTreeResponse struct {
+	SHA        string     `json:"sha"`
+	URL        string     `json:"url"`
+	Entries    []GitEntry `json:"tree"`
+	Truncated  bool       `json:"truncated"`
+	Page       int        `json:"page"`
+	TotalCount int        `json:"total_count"`
+}
+
+// GetTrees downloads a file of repository, ref can be branch/tag/commit.
+// e.g.: ref -> master, tree -> macaron.go(no leading slash)
+func (c *Client) GetTrees(user, repo, ref string, recursive bool) (*GitTreeResponse, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &ref); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	trees := new(GitTreeResponse)
+	var path = fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/trees/%s", user, repo, ref)
+	if recursive {
+		path += "?recursive=1"
+	}
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", path, nil, nil, trees)
+	return trees, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_watch.go

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// WatchInfo represents an API watch status of one repository
+type WatchInfo struct {
+	Subscribed    bool        `json:"subscribed"`
+	Ignored       bool        `json:"ignored"`
+	Reason        interface{} `json:"reason"`
+	CreatedAt     time.Time   `json:"created_at"`
+	URL           string      `json:"url"`
+	RepositoryURL string      `json:"repository_url"`
+}
+
+// GetWatchedRepos list all the watched repos of user
+func (c *Client) GetWatchedRepos(user string) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repos := make([]*Repository, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/subscriptions", user), nil, nil, &repos)
+	return repos, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetMyWatchedRepos list repositories watched by the authenticated user
+func (c *Client) GetMyWatchedRepos() ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	repos := make([]*Repository, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/subscriptions"), nil, nil, &repos)
+	return repos, resp, err
+}
+
+// CheckRepoWatch check if the current user is watching a repo
+func (c *Client) CheckRepoWatch(owner, repo string) (bool, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/subscription", owner, repo), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return false, resp, err
+	}
+	switch status {
+	case http.StatusNotFound:
+		return false, resp, nil
+	case http.StatusOK:
+		return true, resp, nil
+	default:
+		return false, resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
+	}
+}
+
+// WatchRepo start to watch a repository
+func (c *Client) WatchRepo(owner, repo string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/subscription", owner, repo), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return resp, err
+	}
+	if status == http.StatusOK {
+		return resp, nil
+	}
+	return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
+}
+
+// UnWatchRepo stop to watch a repository
+func (c *Client) UnWatchRepo(owner, repo string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/subscription", owner, repo), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return resp, err
+	}
+	if status == http.StatusNoContent {
+		return resp, nil
+	}
+	return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/settings.go

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+// GlobalUISettings represent the global ui settings of a gitea instance witch is exposed by API
+type GlobalUISettings struct {
+	DefaultTheme     string   `json:"default_theme"`
+	AllowedReactions []string `json:"allowed_reactions"`
+	CustomEmojis     []string `json:"custom_emojis"`
+}
+
+// GlobalRepoSettings represent the global repository settings of a gitea instance witch is exposed by API
+type GlobalRepoSettings struct {
+	MirrorsDisabled      bool `json:"mirrors_disabled"`
+	HTTPGitDisabled      bool `json:"http_git_disabled"`
+	MigrationsDisabled   bool `json:"migrations_disabled"`
+	StarsDisabled        bool `json:"stars_disabled"`
+	TimeTrackingDisabled bool `json:"time_tracking_disabled"`
+	LFSDisabled          bool `json:"lfs_disabled"`
+}
+
+// GlobalAPISettings contains global api settings exposed by it
+type GlobalAPISettings struct {
+	MaxResponseItems       int   `json:"max_response_items"`
+	DefaultPagingNum       int   `json:"default_paging_num"`
+	DefaultGitTreesPerPage int   `json:"default_git_trees_per_page"`
+	DefaultMaxBlobSize     int64 `json:"default_max_blob_size"`
+}
+
+// GlobalAttachmentSettings contains global Attachment settings exposed by API
+type GlobalAttachmentSettings struct {
+	Enabled      bool   `json:"enabled"`
+	AllowedTypes string `json:"allowed_types"`
+	MaxSize      int64  `json:"max_size"`
+	MaxFiles     int    `json:"max_files"`
+}
+
+// GetGlobalUISettings get global ui settings witch are exposed by API
+func (c *Client) GetGlobalUISettings() (*GlobalUISettings, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	conf := new(GlobalUISettings)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/settings/ui", jsonHeader, nil, &conf)
+	return conf, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetGlobalRepoSettings get global repository settings witch are exposed by API
+func (c *Client) GetGlobalRepoSettings() (*GlobalRepoSettings, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	conf := new(GlobalRepoSettings)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/settings/repository", jsonHeader, nil, &conf)
+	return conf, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetGlobalAPISettings get global api settings witch are exposed by it
+func (c *Client) GetGlobalAPISettings() (*GlobalAPISettings, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	conf := new(GlobalAPISettings)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/settings/api", jsonHeader, nil, &conf)
+	return conf, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetGlobalAttachmentSettings get global repository settings witch are exposed by API
+func (c *Client) GetGlobalAttachmentSettings() (*GlobalAttachmentSettings, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	conf := new(GlobalAttachmentSettings)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/settings/attachment", jsonHeader, nil, &conf)
+	return conf, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/status.go

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// StatusState holds the state of a Status
+// It can be "pending", "success", "error", "failure", and "warning"
+type StatusState string
+
+const (
+	// StatusPending is for when the Status is Pending
+	StatusPending StatusState = "pending"
+	// StatusSuccess is for when the Status is Success
+	StatusSuccess StatusState = "success"
+	// StatusError is for when the Status is Error
+	StatusError StatusState = "error"
+	// StatusFailure is for when the Status is Failure
+	StatusFailure StatusState = "failure"
+	// StatusWarning is for when the Status is Warning
+	StatusWarning StatusState = "warning"
+)
+
+// Status holds a single Status of a single Commit
+type Status struct {
+	ID          int64       `json:"id"`
+	State       StatusState `json:"status"`
+	TargetURL   string      `json:"target_url"`
+	Description string      `json:"description"`
+	URL         string      `json:"url"`
+	Context     string      `json:"context"`
+	Creator     *User       `json:"creator"`
+	Created     time.Time   `json:"created_at"`
+	Updated     time.Time   `json:"updated_at"`
+}
+
+// CreateStatusOption holds the information needed to create a new Status for a Commit
+type CreateStatusOption struct {
+	State       StatusState `json:"state"`
+	TargetURL   string      `json:"target_url"`
+	Description string      `json:"description"`
+	Context     string      `json:"context"`
+}
+
+// CreateStatus creates a new Status for a given Commit
+func (c *Client) CreateStatus(owner, repo, sha string, opts CreateStatusOption) (*Status, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opts)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	status := new(Status)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/statuses/%s", owner, repo, url.QueryEscape(sha)), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), status)
+	return status, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListStatusesOption options for listing a repository's commit's statuses
+type ListStatusesOption struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListStatuses returns all statuses for a given Commit by ref
+func (c *Client) ListStatuses(owner, repo, ref string, opt ListStatusesOption) ([]*Status, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &ref); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	statuses := make([]*Status, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/commits/%s/statuses?%s", owner, repo, ref, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), jsonHeader, nil, &statuses)
+	return statuses, resp, err
+}
+
+// CombinedStatus holds the combined state of several statuses for a single commit
+type CombinedStatus struct {
+	State      StatusState `json:"state"`
+	SHA        string      `json:"sha"`
+	TotalCount int         `json:"total_count"`
+	Statuses   []*Status   `json:"statuses"`
+	Repository *Repository `json:"repository"`
+	CommitURL  string      `json:"commit_url"`
+	URL        string      `json:"url"`
+}
+
+// GetCombinedStatus returns the CombinedStatus for a given Commit
+func (c *Client) GetCombinedStatus(owner, repo, ref string) (*CombinedStatus, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &ref); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	status := new(CombinedStatus)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/commits/%s/status", owner, repo, ref), jsonHeader, nil, status)
+
+	// gitea api return empty body if nothing here jet
+	if resp != nil && resp.StatusCode == 200 && err != nil {
+		return status, resp, nil
+	}
+
+	return status, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user.go

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"strconv"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// User represents a user
+type User struct {
+	// the user's id
+	ID int64 `json:"id"`
+	// the user's username
+	UserName string `json:"login"`
+	// the user's full name
+	FullName string `json:"full_name"`
+	Email    string `json:"email"`
+	// URL to the user's avatar
+	AvatarURL string `json:"avatar_url"`
+	// User locale
+	Language string `json:"language"`
+	// Is the user an administrator
+	IsAdmin bool `json:"is_admin"`
+	// Date and Time of last login
+	LastLogin time.Time `json:"last_login"`
+	// Date and Time of user creation
+	Created time.Time `json:"created"`
+	// Is user restricted
+	Restricted bool `json:"restricted"`
+	// Is user active
+	IsActive bool `json:"active"`
+	// Is user login prohibited
+	ProhibitLogin bool `json:"prohibit_login"`
+	// the user's location
+	Location string `json:"location"`
+	// the user's website
+	Website string `json:"website"`
+	// the user's description
+	Description string `json:"description"`
+	// User visibility level option
+	Visibility VisibleType `json:"visibility"`
+
+	// user counts
+	FollowerCount    int `json:"followers_count"`
+	FollowingCount   int `json:"following_count"`
+	StarredRepoCount int `json:"starred_repos_count"`
+}
+
+// GetUserInfo get user info by user's name
+func (c *Client) GetUserInfo(user string) (*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	u := new(User)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s", user), nil, nil, u)
+	return u, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetMyUserInfo get user info of current user
+func (c *Client) GetMyUserInfo() (*User, *Response, error) {
+	u := new(User)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user", nil, nil, u)
+	return u, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetUserByID returns user by a given user ID
+func (c *Client) GetUserByID(id int64) (*User, *Response, error) {
+	if id < 0 {
+		return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid user id %d", id)
+	}
+
+	query := make(url.Values)
+	query.Add("uid", strconv.FormatInt(id, 10))
+	users, resp, err := c.searchUsers(query.Encode())
+
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+
+	if len(users) == 1 {
+		return users[0], resp, err
+	}
+
+	return nil, resp, fmt.Errorf("user not found with id %d", id)
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_app.go

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"reflect"
+)
+
+// AccessToken represents an API access token.
+type AccessToken struct {
+	ID             int64  `json:"id"`
+	Name           string `json:"name"`
+	Token          string `json:"sha1"`
+	TokenLastEight string `json:"token_last_eight"`
+}
+
+// ListAccessTokensOptions options for listing a users's access tokens
+type ListAccessTokensOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListAccessTokens lists all the access tokens of user
+func (c *Client) ListAccessTokens(opts ListAccessTokensOptions) ([]*AccessToken, *Response, error) {
+	c.mutex.RLock()
+	username := c.username
+	c.mutex.RUnlock()
+	if len(username) == 0 {
+		return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("\"username\" not set: only BasicAuth allowed")
+	}
+	opts.setDefaults()
+	tokens := make([]*AccessToken, 0, opts.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/tokens?%s", url.PathEscape(username), opts.getURLQuery().Encode()), jsonHeader, nil, &tokens)
+	return tokens, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateAccessTokenOption options when create access token
+type CreateAccessTokenOption struct {
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+}
+
+// CreateAccessToken create one access token with options
+func (c *Client) CreateAccessToken(opt CreateAccessTokenOption) (*AccessToken, *Response, error) {
+	c.mutex.RLock()
+	username := c.username
+	c.mutex.RUnlock()
+	if len(username) == 0 {
+		return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("\"username\" not set: only BasicAuth allowed")
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	t := new(AccessToken)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/tokens", url.PathEscape(username)), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), t)
+	return t, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteAccessToken delete token, identified by ID and if not available by name
+func (c *Client) DeleteAccessToken(value interface{}) (*Response, error) {
+	c.mutex.RLock()
+	username := c.username
+	c.mutex.RUnlock()
+	if len(username) == 0 {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("\"username\" not set: only BasicAuth allowed")
+	}
+
+	var token = ""
+
+	switch reflect.ValueOf(value).Kind() {
+	case reflect.Int64:
+		token = fmt.Sprintf("%d", value.(int64))
+	case reflect.String:
+		if err := c.CheckServerVersionConstraint(">= 1.13.0"); err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		token = value.(string)
+	default:
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("only string and int64 supported")
+	}
+
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/tokens/%s", url.PathEscape(username), url.PathEscape(token)), jsonHeader, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_email.go

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// Email an email address belonging to a user
+type Email struct {
+	Email    string `json:"email"`
+	Verified bool   `json:"verified"`
+	Primary  bool   `json:"primary"`
+}
+
+// ListEmailsOptions options for listing current's user emails
+type ListEmailsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListEmails all the email addresses of user
+func (c *Client) ListEmails(opt ListEmailsOptions) ([]*Email, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	emails := make([]*Email, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/emails?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &emails)
+	return emails, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateEmailOption options when creating email addresses
+type CreateEmailOption struct {
+	// email addresses to add
+	Emails []string `json:"emails"`
+}
+
+// AddEmail add one email to current user with options
+func (c *Client) AddEmail(opt CreateEmailOption) ([]*Email, *Response, error) {
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	emails := make([]*Email, 0, 3)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/emails", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &emails)
+	return emails, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteEmailOption options when deleting email addresses
+type DeleteEmailOption struct {
+	// email addresses to delete
+	Emails []string `json:"emails"`
+}
+
+// DeleteEmail delete one email of current users'
+func (c *Client) DeleteEmail(opt DeleteEmailOption) (*Response, error) {
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", "/user/emails", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_follow.go

@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import "fmt"
+
+// ListFollowersOptions options for listing followers
+type ListFollowersOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListMyFollowers list all the followers of current user
+func (c *Client) ListMyFollowers(opt ListFollowersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/followers?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users)
+	return users, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListFollowers list all the followers of one user
+func (c *Client) ListFollowers(user string, opt ListFollowersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/followers?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users)
+	return users, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListFollowingOptions options for listing a user's users being followed
+type ListFollowingOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListMyFollowing list all the users current user followed
+func (c *Client) ListMyFollowing(opt ListFollowingOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/following?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users)
+	return users, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListFollowing list all the users the user followed
+func (c *Client) ListFollowing(user string, opt ListFollowingOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/following?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users)
+	return users, resp, err
+}
+
+// IsFollowing if current user followed the target
+func (c *Client) IsFollowing(target string) (bool, *Response) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&target); err != nil {
+		// ToDo return err
+		return false, nil
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/following/%s", target), nil, nil)
+	return err == nil, resp
+}
+
+// IsUserFollowing if the user followed the target
+func (c *Client) IsUserFollowing(user, target string) (bool, *Response) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &target); err != nil {
+		// ToDo return err
+		return false, nil
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/following/%s", user, target), nil, nil)
+	return err == nil, resp
+}
+
+// Follow set current user follow the target
+func (c *Client) Follow(target string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&target); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/user/following/%s", target), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// Unfollow set current user unfollow the target
+func (c *Client) Unfollow(target string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&target); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/following/%s", target), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_gpgkey.go

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+// Copyright 2017 Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// GPGKey a user GPG key to sign commit and tag in repository
+type GPGKey struct {
+	ID                int64          `json:"id"`
+	PrimaryKeyID      string         `json:"primary_key_id"`
+	KeyID             string         `json:"key_id"`
+	PublicKey         string         `json:"public_key"`
+	Emails            []*GPGKeyEmail `json:"emails"`
+	SubsKey           []*GPGKey      `json:"subkeys"`
+	CanSign           bool           `json:"can_sign"`
+	CanEncryptComms   bool           `json:"can_encrypt_comms"`
+	CanEncryptStorage bool           `json:"can_encrypt_storage"`
+	CanCertify        bool           `json:"can_certify"`
+	Created           time.Time      `json:"created_at,omitempty"`
+	Expires           time.Time      `json:"expires_at,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// GPGKeyEmail an email attached to a GPGKey
+type GPGKeyEmail struct {
+	Email    string `json:"email"`
+	Verified bool   `json:"verified"`
+}
+
+// ListGPGKeysOptions options for listing a user's GPGKeys
+type ListGPGKeysOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListGPGKeys list all the GPG keys of the user
+func (c *Client) ListGPGKeys(user string, opt ListGPGKeysOptions) ([]*GPGKey, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	keys := make([]*GPGKey, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/gpg_keys?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &keys)
+	return keys, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListMyGPGKeys list all the GPG keys of current user
+func (c *Client) ListMyGPGKeys(opt *ListGPGKeysOptions) ([]*GPGKey, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	keys := make([]*GPGKey, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/gpg_keys?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &keys)
+	return keys, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetGPGKey get current user's GPG key by key id
+func (c *Client) GetGPGKey(keyID int64) (*GPGKey, *Response, error) {
+	key := new(GPGKey)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/gpg_keys/%d", keyID), nil, nil, &key)
+	return key, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateGPGKeyOption options create user GPG key
+type CreateGPGKeyOption struct {
+	// An armored GPG key to add
+	//
+	ArmoredKey string `json:"armored_public_key"`
+}
+
+// CreateGPGKey create GPG key with options
+func (c *Client) CreateGPGKey(opt CreateGPGKeyOption) (*GPGKey, *Response, error) {
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	key := new(GPGKey)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/gpg_keys", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), key)
+	return key, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteGPGKey delete GPG key with key id
+func (c *Client) DeleteGPGKey(keyID int64) (*Response, error) {
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/gpg_keys/%d", keyID), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_key.go

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// PublicKey publickey is a user key to push code to repository
+type PublicKey struct {
+	ID          int64     `json:"id"`
+	Key         string    `json:"key"`
+	URL         string    `json:"url,omitempty"`
+	Title       string    `json:"title,omitempty"`
+	Fingerprint string    `json:"fingerprint,omitempty"`
+	Created     time.Time `json:"created_at,omitempty"`
+	Owner       *User     `json:"user,omitempty"`
+	ReadOnly    bool      `json:"read_only,omitempty"`
+	KeyType     string    `json:"key_type,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// ListPublicKeysOptions options for listing a user's PublicKeys
+type ListPublicKeysOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListPublicKeys list all the public keys of the user
+func (c *Client) ListPublicKeys(user string, opt ListPublicKeysOptions) ([]*PublicKey, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	keys := make([]*PublicKey, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/keys?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &keys)
+	return keys, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListMyPublicKeys list all the public keys of current user
+func (c *Client) ListMyPublicKeys(opt ListPublicKeysOptions) ([]*PublicKey, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	keys := make([]*PublicKey, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/keys?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &keys)
+	return keys, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetPublicKey get current user's public key by key id
+func (c *Client) GetPublicKey(keyID int64) (*PublicKey, *Response, error) {
+	key := new(PublicKey)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/keys/%d", keyID), nil, nil, &key)
+	return key, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateKeyOption options when creating a key
+type CreateKeyOption struct {
+	// Title of the key to add
+	Title string `json:"title"`
+	// An armored SSH key to add
+	Key string `json:"key"`
+	// Describe if the key has only read access or read/write
+	ReadOnly bool `json:"read_only"`
+}
+
+// CreatePublicKey create public key with options
+func (c *Client) CreatePublicKey(opt CreateKeyOption) (*PublicKey, *Response, error) {
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	key := new(PublicKey)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/keys", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), key)
+	return key, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeletePublicKey delete public key with key id
+func (c *Client) DeletePublicKey(keyID int64) (*Response, error) {
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/keys/%d", keyID), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_search.go

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+)
+
+type searchUsersResponse struct {
+	Users []*User `json:"data"`
+}
+
+// SearchUsersOption options for SearchUsers
+type SearchUsersOption struct {
+	ListOptions
+	KeyWord string
+}
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *SearchUsersOption) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := make(url.Values)
+	if opt.Page > 0 {
+		query.Add("page", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.Page))
+	}
+	if opt.PageSize > 0 {
+		query.Add("limit", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.PageSize))
+	}
+	if len(opt.KeyWord) > 0 {
+		query.Add("q", opt.KeyWord)
+	}
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+func (c *Client) searchUsers(rawQuery string) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	link, _ := url.Parse("/users/search")
+	link.RawQuery = rawQuery
+	userResp := new(searchUsersResponse)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &userResp)
+	return userResp.Users, resp, err
+}
+
+// SearchUsers finds users by query
+func (c *Client) SearchUsers(opt SearchUsersOption) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	return c.searchUsers(opt.QueryEncode())
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_settings.go

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+)
+
+// UserSettings represents user settings
+type UserSettings struct {
+	FullName      string `json:"full_name"`
+	Website       string `json:"website"`
+	Description   string `json:"description"`
+	Location      string `json:"location"`
+	Language      string `json:"language"`
+	Theme         string `json:"theme"`
+	DiffViewStyle string `json:"diff_view_style"`
+	// Privacy
+	HideEmail    bool `json:"hide_email"`
+	HideActivity bool `json:"hide_activity"`
+}
+
+// UserSettingsOptions represents options to change user settings
+type UserSettingsOptions struct {
+	FullName      *string `json:"full_name,omitempty"`
+	Website       *string `json:"website,omitempty"`
+	Description   *string `json:"description,omitempty"`
+	Location      *string `json:"location,omitempty"`
+	Language      *string `json:"language,omitempty"`
+	Theme         *string `json:"theme,omitempty"`
+	DiffViewStyle *string `json:"diff_view_style,omitempty"`
+	// Privacy
+	HideEmail    *bool `json:"hide_email,omitempty"`
+	HideActivity *bool `json:"hide_activity,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// GetUserSettings returns user settings
+func (c *Client) GetUserSettings() (*UserSettings, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	userConfig := new(UserSettings)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user/settings", nil, nil, userConfig)
+	return userConfig, resp, err
+}
+
+// UpdateUserSettings returns user settings
+func (c *Client) UpdateUserSettings(opt UserSettingsOptions) (*UserSettings, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	userConfig := new(UserSettings)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", "/user/settings", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), userConfig)
+	return userConfig, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/version.go

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+
+	"github.com/hashicorp/go-version"
+)
+
+// ServerVersion returns the version of the server
+func (c *Client) ServerVersion() (string, *Response, error) {
+	var v = struct {
+		Version string `json:"version"`
+	}{}
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/version", nil, nil, &v)
+	return v.Version, resp, err
+}
+
+// CheckServerVersionConstraint validates that the login's server satisfies a
+// given version constraint such as ">= 1.11.0+dev"
+func (c *Client) CheckServerVersionConstraint(constraint string) error {
+	if err := c.loadServerVersion(); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	check, err := version.NewConstraint(constraint)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if !check.Check(c.serverVersion) {
+		c.mutex.RLock()
+		url := c.url
+		c.mutex.RUnlock()
+		return fmt.Errorf("gitea server at %s does not satisfy version constraint %s", url, constraint)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// predefined versions only have to be parsed by library once
+var (
+	version1_11_0, _ = version.NewVersion("1.11.0")
+	version1_12_0, _ = version.NewVersion("1.12.0")
+	version1_13_0, _ = version.NewVersion("1.13.0")
+	version1_14_0, _ = version.NewVersion("1.14.0")
+	version1_15_0, _ = version.NewVersion("1.15.0")
+)
+
+// checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual is internally used to speed up things and ignore issues with prerelease
+func (c *Client) checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(v *version.Version) error {
+	if err := c.loadServerVersion(); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	if !c.serverVersion.GreaterThanOrEqual(v) {
+		c.mutex.RLock()
+		url := c.url
+		c.mutex.RUnlock()
+		return fmt.Errorf("gitea server at %s is older than %s", url, v.Original())
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// loadServerVersion init the serverVersion variable
+func (c *Client) loadServerVersion() (err error) {
+	c.getVersionOnce.Do(func() {
+		raw, _, err2 := c.ServerVersion()
+		if err2 != nil {
+			err = err2
+			return
+		}
+		if c.serverVersion, err = version.NewVersion(raw); err != nil {
+			return
+		}
+	})
+	return
+}

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/Gopkg.toml

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+
+[[constraint]]
+  name = "github.com/docker/distribution"
+  revision = "edc3ab29cdff8694dd6feb85cfeb4b5f1b38ed9c"
+
+[[constraint]]
+  name = "github.com/docker/go-connections"
+  version = "0.3.0"
+
+[[constraint]]
+  name = "github.com/docker/go-units"
+  version = "0.3.2"
+
+[[constraint]]
+  name = "github.com/gogo/protobuf"
+  version = "0.4.0"
+
+[[constraint]]
+  name = "github.com/opencontainers/go-digest"
+  version = "1.0.0-rc1"
+
+[[constraint]]
+  name = "github.com/opencontainers/image-spec"
+  version = "1.0.0"
+
+[[constraint]]
+  name = "github.com/pkg/errors"
+  version = "0.8.0"
+
+[[constraint]]
+  name = "golang.org/x/net"

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+# docker.io/go-docker
+Official Go SDK for Docker
+
+# Dependency management tool is required
+
+This repository describes its dependencies in a `Gopkg.toml` file as created by the [`dep`](https://github.com/golang/dep#setup) tool.
+
+It also uses semantic versioning, and requires its users to use `dep`-compatible dependency management tools to ensure stability and avoid breaking changes.
+
+The canonical import path is `docker.io/go-docker`.
+
+Note: you may download it with `go get -d docker.io/go-docker`, but if you omit `-d`, you may have compile errors. Hence the `dep` approach is preferred.
+
+## How to use `dep` in your project
+
+You can use any tool that is compatible, but in the examples below we are using `dep`.
+
+### Adding dependency to `vendor/`
+
+```bash
+$ cd $GOPATH/src/myproject
+$ dep init 					# only if first time use
+$ dep ensure -add docker.io/go-docker@v1    	# to use the latest version of v1.x.y
+```
+
+### Updating dependency
+
+```bash
+$ cd $GOPATH/src/myproject
+$ edit Gopkg.toml
+$ dep ensure
+```
+
+# Reference Documentation
+
+[godoc.org/docker.io/go-docker](https://godoc.org/docker.io/go-docker)
+
+# Issues
+
+Feel free to open issues on the Github issue tracker.
+

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+# Working on the Engine API
+
+The Engine API is an HTTP API used by the command-line client to communicate with the daemon. It can also be used by third-party software to control the daemon.
+
+It consists of various components in this repository:
+
+- `api/swagger.yaml` A Swagger definition of the API.
+- `api/types/` Types shared by both the client and server, representing various objects, options, responses, etc. Most are written manually, but some are automatically generated from the Swagger definition. See [#27919](https://github.com/docker/docker/issues/27919) for progress on this.
+- `cli/` The command-line client.
+- `client/` The Go client used by the command-line client. It can also be used by third-party Go programs.
+- `daemon/` The daemon, which serves the API.
+
+## Swagger definition
+
+The API is defined by the [Swagger](http://swagger.io/specification/) definition in `api/swagger.yaml`. This definition can be used to:
+
+1. Automatically generate documentation.
+2. Automatically generate the Go server and client. (A work-in-progress.)
+3. Provide a machine readable version of the API for introspecting what it can do, automatically generating clients for other languages, etc.
+
+## Updating the API documentation
+
+The API documentation is generated entirely from `api/swagger.yaml`. If you make updates to the API, you'll need to edit this file to represent the change in the documentation.
+
+The file is split into two main sections:
+
+- `definitions`, which defines re-usable objects used in requests and responses
+- `paths`, which defines the API endpoints (and some inline objects which don't need to be reusable)
+
+To make an edit, first look for the endpoint you want to edit under `paths`, then make the required edits. Endpoints may reference reusable objects with `$ref`, which can be found in the `definitions` section.
+
+There is hopefully enough example material in the file for you to copy a similar pattern from elsewhere in the file (e.g. adding new fields or endpoints), but for the full reference, see the [Swagger specification](https://github.com/docker/docker/issues/27919)
+
+`swagger.yaml` is validated by `hack/validate/swagger` to ensure it is a valid Swagger definition. This is useful for when you are making edits to ensure you are doing the right thing.
+
+## Viewing the API documentation
+
+When you make edits to `swagger.yaml`, you may want to check the generated API documentation to ensure it renders correctly.
+
+Run `make swagger-docs` and a preview will be running at `http://localhost`. Some of the styling may be incorrect, but you'll be able to ensure that it is generating the correct documentation.
+
+The production documentation is generated by vendoring `swagger.yaml` into [docker/docker.github.io](https://github.com/docker/docker.github.io).

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/common.go

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+package api
+
+// Common constants for daemon and client.
+const (
+	// DefaultVersion of Current REST API
+	DefaultVersion string = "1.33"
+
+	// NoBaseImageSpecifier is the symbol used by the FROM
+	// command to specify that no base image is to be used.
+	NoBaseImageSpecifier string = "scratch"
+)

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/common_unix.go

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+// +build !windows
+
+package api
+
+// MinVersion represents Minimum REST API version supported
+const MinVersion string = "1.12"

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/common_windows.go

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+package api
+
+// MinVersion represents Minimum REST API version supported
+// Technically the first daemon API version released on Windows is v1.25 in
+// engine version 1.13. However, some clients are explicitly using downlevel
+// APIs (e.g. docker-compose v2.1 file format) and that is just too restrictive.
+// Hence also allowing 1.24 on Windows.
+const MinVersion string = "1.24"

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/swagger-gen.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+
+layout:
+  models:
+    - name: definition
+      source: asset:model
+      target: "{{ joinFilePath .Target .ModelPackage }}"
+      file_name: "{{ (snakize (pascalize .Name)) }}.go"
+  operations:
+    - name: handler
+      source: asset:serverOperation
+      target: "{{ joinFilePath .Target .APIPackage .Package }}"
+      file_name: "{{ (snakize (pascalize .Name)) }}.go"

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/types/auth.go

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+package types
+
+// AuthConfig contains authorization information for connecting to a Registry
+type AuthConfig struct {
+	Username string `json:"username,omitempty"`
+	Password string `json:"password,omitempty"`
+	Auth     string `json:"auth,omitempty"`
+
+	// Email is an optional value associated with the username.
+	// This field is deprecated and will be removed in a later
+	// version of docker.
+	Email string `json:"email,omitempty"`
+
+	ServerAddress string `json:"serveraddress,omitempty"`
+
+	// IdentityToken is used to authenticate the user and get
+	// an access token for the registry.
+	IdentityToken string `json:"identitytoken,omitempty"`
+
+	// RegistryToken is a bearer token to be sent to a registry
+	RegistryToken string `json:"registrytoken,omitempty"`
+}

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/types/blkiodev/blkio.go

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+package blkiodev
+
+import "fmt"
+
+// WeightDevice is a structure that holds device:weight pair
+type WeightDevice struct {
+	Path   string
+	Weight uint16
+}
+
+func (w *WeightDevice) String() string {
+	return fmt.Sprintf("%s:%d", w.Path, w.Weight)
+}
+
+// ThrottleDevice is a structure that holds device:rate_per_second pair
+type ThrottleDevice struct {
+	Path string
+	Rate uint64
+}
+
+func (t *ThrottleDevice) String() string {
+	return fmt.Sprintf("%s:%d", t.Path, t.Rate)
+}

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/types/client.go

@@ -0,0 +1,389 @@
+package types
+
+import (
+	"bufio"
+	"io"
+	"net"
+
+	"docker.io/go-docker/api/types/container"
+	"docker.io/go-docker/api/types/filters"
+	units "github.com/docker/go-units"
+)
+
+// CheckpointCreateOptions holds parameters to create a checkpoint from a container
+type CheckpointCreateOptions struct {
+	CheckpointID  string
+	CheckpointDir string
+	Exit          bool
+}
+
+// CheckpointListOptions holds parameters to list checkpoints for a container
+type CheckpointListOptions struct {
+	CheckpointDir string
+}
+
+// CheckpointDeleteOptions holds parameters to delete a checkpoint from a container
+type CheckpointDeleteOptions struct {
+	CheckpointID  string
+	CheckpointDir string
+}
+
+// ContainerAttachOptions holds parameters to attach to a container.
+type ContainerAttachOptions struct {
+	Stream     bool
+	Stdin      bool
+	Stdout     bool
+	Stderr     bool
+	DetachKeys string
+	Logs       bool
+}
+
+// ContainerCommitOptions holds parameters to commit changes into a container.
+type ContainerCommitOptions struct {
+	Reference string
+	Comment   string
+	Author    string
+	Changes   []string
+	Pause     bool
+	Config    *container.Config
+}
+
+// ContainerExecInspect holds information returned by exec inspect.
+type ContainerExecInspect struct {
+	ExecID      string
+	ContainerID string
+	Running     bool
+	ExitCode    int
+	Pid         int
+}
+
+// ContainerListOptions holds parameters to list containers with.
+type ContainerListOptions struct {
+	Quiet   bool
+	Size    bool
+	All     bool
+	Latest  bool
+	Since   string
+	Before  string
+	Limit   int
+	Filters filters.Args
+}
+
+// ContainerLogsOptions holds parameters to filter logs with.
+type ContainerLogsOptions struct {
+	ShowStdout bool
+	ShowStderr bool
+	Since      string
+	Timestamps bool
+	Follow     bool
+	Tail       string
+	Details    bool
+}
+
+// ContainerRemoveOptions holds parameters to remove containers.
+type ContainerRemoveOptions struct {
+	RemoveVolumes bool
+	RemoveLinks   bool
+	Force         bool
+}
+
+// ContainerStartOptions holds parameters to start containers.
+type ContainerStartOptions struct {
+	CheckpointID  string
+	CheckpointDir string
+}
+
+// CopyToContainerOptions holds information
+// about files to copy into a container
+type CopyToContainerOptions struct {
+	AllowOverwriteDirWithFile bool
+	CopyUIDGID                bool
+}
+
+// EventsOptions holds parameters to filter events with.
+type EventsOptions struct {
+	Since   string
+	Until   string
+	Filters filters.Args
+}
+
+// NetworkListOptions holds parameters to filter the list of networks with.
+type NetworkListOptions struct {
+	Filters filters.Args
+}
+
+// HijackedResponse holds connection information for a hijacked request.
+type HijackedResponse struct {
+	Conn   net.Conn
+	Reader *bufio.Reader
+}
+
+// Close closes the hijacked connection and reader.
+func (h *HijackedResponse) Close() {
+	h.Conn.Close()
+}
+
+// CloseWriter is an interface that implements structs
+// that close input streams to prevent from writing.
+type CloseWriter interface {
+	CloseWrite() error
+}
+
+// CloseWrite closes a readWriter for writing.
+func (h *HijackedResponse) CloseWrite() error {
+	if conn, ok := h.Conn.(CloseWriter); ok {
+		return conn.CloseWrite()
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// ImageBuildOptions holds the information
+// necessary to build images.
+type ImageBuildOptions struct {
+	Tags           []string
+	SuppressOutput bool
+	RemoteContext  string
+	NoCache        bool
+	Remove         bool
+	ForceRemove    bool
+	PullParent     bool
+	Isolation      container.Isolation
+	CPUSetCPUs     string
+	CPUSetMems     string
+	CPUShares      int64
+	CPUQuota       int64
+	CPUPeriod      int64
+	Memory         int64
+	MemorySwap     int64
+	CgroupParent   string
+	NetworkMode    string
+	ShmSize        int64
+	Dockerfile     string
+	Ulimits        []*units.Ulimit
+	// BuildArgs needs to be a *string instead of just a string so that
+	// we can tell the difference between "" (empty string) and no value
+	// at all (nil). See the parsing of buildArgs in
+	// api/server/router/build/build_routes.go for even more info.
+	BuildArgs   map[string]*string
+	AuthConfigs map[string]AuthConfig
+	Context     io.Reader
+	Labels      map[string]string
+	// squash the resulting image's layers to the parent
+	// preserves the original image and creates a new one from the parent with all
+	// the changes applied to a single layer
+	Squash bool
+	// CacheFrom specifies images that are used for matching cache. Images
+	// specified here do not need to have a valid parent chain to match cache.
+	CacheFrom   []string
+	SecurityOpt []string
+	ExtraHosts  []string // List of extra hosts
+	Target      string
+	SessionID   string
+
+	// TODO @jhowardmsft LCOW Support: This will require extending to include
+	// `Platform string`, but is omitted for now as it's hard-coded temporarily
+	// to avoid API changes.
+}
+
+// ImageBuildResponse holds information
+// returned by a server after building
+// an image.
+type ImageBuildResponse struct {
+	Body   io.ReadCloser
+	OSType string
+}
+
+// ImageCreateOptions holds information to create images.
+type ImageCreateOptions struct {
+	RegistryAuth string // RegistryAuth is the base64 encoded credentials for the registry
+}
+
+// ImageImportSource holds source information for ImageImport
+type ImageImportSource struct {
+	Source     io.Reader // Source is the data to send to the server to create this image from. You must set SourceName to "-" to leverage this.
+	SourceName string    // SourceName is the name of the image to pull. Set to "-" to leverage the Source attribute.
+}
+
+// ImageImportOptions holds information to import images from the client host.
+type ImageImportOptions struct {
+	Tag     string   // Tag is the name to tag this image with. This attribute is deprecated.
+	Message string   // Message is the message to tag the image with
+	Changes []string // Changes are the raw changes to apply to this image
+}
+
+// ImageListOptions holds parameters to filter the list of images with.
+type ImageListOptions struct {
+	All     bool
+	Filters filters.Args
+}
+
+// ImageLoadResponse returns information to the client about a load process.
+type ImageLoadResponse struct {
+	// Body must be closed to avoid a resource leak
+	Body io.ReadCloser
+	JSON bool
+}
+
+// ImagePullOptions holds information to pull images.
+type ImagePullOptions struct {
+	All           bool
+	RegistryAuth  string // RegistryAuth is the base64 encoded credentials for the registry
+	PrivilegeFunc RequestPrivilegeFunc
+}
+
+// RequestPrivilegeFunc is a function interface that
+// clients can supply to retry operations after
+// getting an authorization error.
+// This function returns the registry authentication
+// header value in base 64 format, or an error
+// if the privilege request fails.
+type RequestPrivilegeFunc func() (string, error)
+
+//ImagePushOptions holds information to push images.
+type ImagePushOptions ImagePullOptions
+
+// ImageRemoveOptions holds parameters to remove images.
+type ImageRemoveOptions struct {
+	Force         bool
+	PruneChildren bool
+}
+
+// ImageSearchOptions holds parameters to search images with.
+type ImageSearchOptions struct {
+	RegistryAuth  string
+	PrivilegeFunc RequestPrivilegeFunc
+	Filters       filters.Args
+	Limit         int
+}
+
+// ResizeOptions holds parameters to resize a tty.
+// It can be used to resize container ttys and
+// exec process ttys too.
+type ResizeOptions struct {
+	Height uint
+	Width  uint
+}
+
+// NodeListOptions holds parameters to list nodes with.
+type NodeListOptions struct {
+	Filters filters.Args
+}
+
+// NodeRemoveOptions holds parameters to remove nodes with.
+type NodeRemoveOptions struct {
+	Force bool
+}
+
+// ServiceCreateOptions contains the options to use when creating a service.
+type ServiceCreateOptions struct {
+	// EncodedRegistryAuth is the encoded registry authorization credentials to
+	// use when updating the service.
+	//
+	// This field follows the format of the X-Registry-Auth header.
+	EncodedRegistryAuth string
+
+	// QueryRegistry indicates whether the service update requires
+	// contacting a registry. A registry may be contacted to retrieve
+	// the image digest and manifest, which in turn can be used to update
+	// platform or other information about the service.
+	QueryRegistry bool
+}
+
+// ServiceCreateResponse contains the information returned to a client
+// on the creation of a new service.
+type ServiceCreateResponse struct {
+	// ID is the ID of the created service.
+	ID string
+	// Warnings is a set of non-fatal warning messages to pass on to the user.
+	Warnings []string `json:",omitempty"`
+}
+
+// Values for RegistryAuthFrom in ServiceUpdateOptions
+const (
+	RegistryAuthFromSpec         = "spec"
+	RegistryAuthFromPreviousSpec = "previous-spec"
+)
+
+// ServiceUpdateOptions contains the options to be used for updating services.
+type ServiceUpdateOptions struct {
+	// EncodedRegistryAuth is the encoded registry authorization credentials to
+	// use when updating the service.
+	//
+	// This field follows the format of the X-Registry-Auth header.
+	EncodedRegistryAuth string
+
+	// TODO(stevvooe): Consider moving the version parameter of ServiceUpdate
+	// into this field. While it does open API users up to racy writes, most
+	// users may not need that level of consistency in practice.
+
+	// RegistryAuthFrom specifies where to find the registry authorization
+	// credentials if they are not given in EncodedRegistryAuth. Valid
+	// values are "spec" and "previous-spec".
+	RegistryAuthFrom string
+
+	// Rollback indicates whether a server-side rollback should be
+	// performed. When this is set, the provided spec will be ignored.
+	// The valid values are "previous" and "none". An empty value is the
+	// same as "none".
+	Rollback string
+
+	// QueryRegistry indicates whether the service update requires
+	// contacting a registry. A registry may be contacted to retrieve
+	// the image digest and manifest, which in turn can be used to update
+	// platform or other information about the service.
+	QueryRegistry bool
+}
+
+// ServiceListOptions holds parameters to list services with.
+type ServiceListOptions struct {
+	Filters filters.Args
+}
+
+// ServiceInspectOptions holds parameters related to the "service inspect"
+// operation.
+type ServiceInspectOptions struct {
+	InsertDefaults bool
+}
+
+// TaskListOptions holds parameters to list tasks with.
+type TaskListOptions struct {
+	Filters filters.Args
+}
+
+// PluginRemoveOptions holds parameters to remove plugins.
+type PluginRemoveOptions struct {
+	Force bool
+}
+
+// PluginEnableOptions holds parameters to enable plugins.
+type PluginEnableOptions struct {
+	Timeout int
+}
+
+// PluginDisableOptions holds parameters to disable plugins.
+type PluginDisableOptions struct {
+	Force bool
+}
+
+// PluginInstallOptions holds parameters to install a plugin.
+type PluginInstallOptions struct {
+	Disabled              bool
+	AcceptAllPermissions  bool
+	RegistryAuth          string // RegistryAuth is the base64 encoded credentials for the registry
+	RemoteRef             string // RemoteRef is the plugin name on the registry
+	PrivilegeFunc         RequestPrivilegeFunc
+	AcceptPermissionsFunc func(PluginPrivileges) (bool, error)
+	Args                  []string
+}
+
+// SwarmUnlockKeyResponse contains the response for Engine API:
+// GET /swarm/unlockkey
+type SwarmUnlockKeyResponse struct {
+	// UnlockKey is the unlock key in ASCII-armored format.
+	UnlockKey string
+}
+
+// PluginCreateOptions hold all options to plugin create.
+type PluginCreateOptions struct {
+	RepoName string
+}

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/types/configs.go

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+package types
+
+import (
+	"docker.io/go-docker/api/types/container"
+	"docker.io/go-docker/api/types/network"
+)
+
+// configs holds structs used for internal communication between the
+// frontend (such as an http server) and the backend (such as the
+// docker daemon).
+
+// ContainerCreateConfig is the parameter set to ContainerCreate()
+type ContainerCreateConfig struct {
+	Name             string
+	Config           *container.Config
+	HostConfig       *container.HostConfig
+	NetworkingConfig *network.NetworkingConfig
+	AdjustCPUShares  bool
+	Platform         string
+}
+
+// ContainerRmConfig holds arguments for the container remove
+// operation. This struct is used to tell the backend what operations
+// to perform.
+type ContainerRmConfig struct {
+	ForceRemove, RemoveVolume, RemoveLink bool
+}
+
+// ContainerCommitConfig contains build configs for commit operation,
+// and is used when making a commit with the current state of the container.
+type ContainerCommitConfig struct {
+	Pause   bool
+	Repo    string
+	Tag     string
+	Author  string
+	Comment string
+	// merge container config into commit config before commit
+	MergeConfigs bool
+	Config       *container.Config
+}
+
+// ExecConfig is a small subset of the Config struct that holds the configuration
+// for the exec feature of docker.
+type ExecConfig struct {
+	User         string   // User that will run the command
+	Privileged   bool     // Is the container in privileged mode
+	Tty          bool     // Attach standard streams to a tty.
+	AttachStdin  bool     // Attach the standard input, makes possible user interaction
+	AttachStderr bool     // Attach the standard error
+	AttachStdout bool     // Attach the standard output
+	Detach       bool     // Execute in detach mode
+	DetachKeys   string   // Escape keys for detach
+	Env          []string // Environment variables
+	Cmd          []string // Execution commands and args
+}
+
+// PluginRmConfig holds arguments for plugin remove.
+type PluginRmConfig struct {
+	ForceRemove bool
+}
+
+// PluginEnableConfig holds arguments for plugin enable
+type PluginEnableConfig struct {
+	Timeout int
+}
+
+// PluginDisableConfig holds arguments for plugin disable.
+type PluginDisableConfig struct {
+	ForceDisable bool
+}

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/types/container/config.go

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+package container
+
+import (
+	"time"
+
+	"docker.io/go-docker/api/types/strslice"
+	"github.com/docker/go-connections/nat"
+)
+
+// MinimumDuration puts a minimum on user configured duration.
+// This is to prevent API error on time unit. For example, API may
+// set 3 as healthcheck interval with intention of 3 seconds, but
+// Docker interprets it as 3 nanoseconds.
+const MinimumDuration = 1 * time.Millisecond
+
+// HealthConfig holds configuration settings for the HEALTHCHECK feature.
+type HealthConfig struct {
+	// Test is the test to perform to check that the container is healthy.
+	// An empty slice means to inherit the default.
+	// The options are:
+	// {} : inherit healthcheck
+	// {"NONE"} : disable healthcheck
+	// {"CMD", args...} : exec arguments directly
+	// {"CMD-SHELL", command} : run command with system's default shell
+	Test []string `json:",omitempty"`
+
+	// Zero means to inherit. Durations are expressed as integer nanoseconds.
+	Interval    time.Duration `json:",omitempty"` // Interval is the time to wait between checks.
+	Timeout     time.Duration `json:",omitempty"` // Timeout is the time to wait before considering the check to have hung.
+	StartPeriod time.Duration `json:",omitempty"` // The start period for the container to initialize before the retries starts to count down.
+
+	// Retries is the number of consecutive failures needed to consider a container as unhealthy.
+	// Zero means inherit.
+	Retries int `json:",omitempty"`
+}
+
+// Config contains the configuration data about a container.
+// It should hold only portable information about the container.
+// Here, "portable" means "independent from the host we are running on".
+// Non-portable information *should* appear in HostConfig.
+// All fields added to this struct must be marked `omitempty` to keep getting
+// predictable hashes from the old `v1Compatibility` configuration.
+type Config struct {
+	Hostname        string              // Hostname
+	Domainname      string              // Domainname
+	User            string              // User that will run the command(s) inside the container, also support user:group
+	AttachStdin     bool                // Attach the standard input, makes possible user interaction
+	AttachStdout    bool                // Attach the standard output
+	AttachStderr    bool                // Attach the standard error
+	ExposedPorts    nat.PortSet         `json:",omitempty"` // List of exposed ports
+	Tty             bool                // Attach standard streams to a tty, including stdin if it is not closed.
+	OpenStdin       bool                // Open stdin
+	StdinOnce       bool                // If true, close stdin after the 1 attached client disconnects.
+	Env             []string            // List of environment variable to set in the container
+	Cmd             strslice.StrSlice   // Command to run when starting the container
+	Healthcheck     *HealthConfig       `json:",omitempty"` // Healthcheck describes how to check the container is healthy
+	ArgsEscaped     bool                `json:",omitempty"` // True if command is already escaped (Windows specific)
+	Image           string              // Name of the image as it was passed by the operator (e.g. could be symbolic)
+	Volumes         map[string]struct{} // List of volumes (mounts) used for the container
+	WorkingDir      string              // Current directory (PWD) in the command will be launched
+	Entrypoint      strslice.StrSlice   // Entrypoint to run when starting the container
+	NetworkDisabled bool                `json:",omitempty"` // Is network disabled
+	MacAddress      string              `json:",omitempty"` // Mac Address of the container
+	OnBuild         []string            // ONBUILD metadata that were defined on the image Dockerfile
+	Labels          map[string]string   // List of labels set to this container
+	StopSignal      string              `json:",omitempty"` // Signal to stop a container
+	StopTimeout     *int                `json:",omitempty"` // Timeout (in seconds) to stop a container
+	Shell           strslice.StrSlice   `json:",omitempty"` // Shell for shell-form of RUN, CMD, ENTRYPOINT
+}

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/types/container/container_changes.go

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+package container
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE
+// This file was generated by `swagger generate operation`
+//
+// See hack/generate-swagger-api.sh
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// ContainerChangeResponseItem container change response item
+// swagger:model ContainerChangeResponseItem
+type ContainerChangeResponseItem struct {
+
+	// Kind of change
+	// Required: true
+	Kind uint8 `json:"Kind"`
+
+	// Path to file that has changed
+	// Required: true
+	Path string `json:"Path"`
+}

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/types/container/container_create.go

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+package container
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE
+// This file was generated by `swagger generate operation`
+//
+// See hack/generate-swagger-api.sh
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// ContainerCreateCreatedBody container create created body
+// swagger:model ContainerCreateCreatedBody
+type ContainerCreateCreatedBody struct {
+
+	// The ID of the created container
+	// Required: true
+	ID string `json:"Id"`
+
+	// Warnings encountered when creating the container
+	// Required: true
+	Warnings []string `json:"Warnings"`
+}

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/types/container/container_top.go

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+package container
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE
+// This file was generated by `swagger generate operation`
+//
+// See hack/generate-swagger-api.sh
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// ContainerTopOKBody container top o k body
+// swagger:model ContainerTopOKBody
+type ContainerTopOKBody struct {
+
+	// Each process running in the container, where each is process is an array of values corresponding to the titles
+	// Required: true
+	Processes [][]string `json:"Processes"`
+
+	// The ps column titles
+	// Required: true
+	Titles []string `json:"Titles"`
+}

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/types/container/container_update.go

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+package container
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE
+// This file was generated by `swagger generate operation`
+//
+// See hack/generate-swagger-api.sh
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// ContainerUpdateOKBody container update o k body
+// swagger:model ContainerUpdateOKBody
+type ContainerUpdateOKBody struct {
+
+	// warnings
+	// Required: true
+	Warnings []string `json:"Warnings"`
+}

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/types/container/container_wait.go

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+package container
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE
+// This file was generated by `swagger generate operation`
+//
+// See hack/generate-swagger-api.sh
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// ContainerWaitOKBody container wait o k body
+// swagger:model ContainerWaitOKBody
+type ContainerWaitOKBody struct {
+
+	// Exit code of the container
+	// Required: true
+	StatusCode int64 `json:"StatusCode"`
+}

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/types/container/host_config.go

@@ -0,0 +1,385 @@
+package container
+
+import (
+	"strings"
+
+	"docker.io/go-docker/api/types/blkiodev"
+	"docker.io/go-docker/api/types/mount"
+	"docker.io/go-docker/api/types/strslice"
+	"github.com/docker/go-connections/nat"
+	"github.com/docker/go-units"
+)
+
+// Isolation represents the isolation technology of a container. The supported
+// values are platform specific
+type Isolation string
+
+// IsDefault indicates the default isolation technology of a container. On Linux this
+// is the native driver. On Windows, this is a Windows Server Container.
+func (i Isolation) IsDefault() bool {
+	return strings.ToLower(string(i)) == "default" || string(i) == ""
+}
+
+// IpcMode represents the container ipc stack.
+type IpcMode string
+
+// IsPrivate indicates whether the container uses its own private ipc namespace which can not be shared.
+func (n IpcMode) IsPrivate() bool {
+	return n == "private"
+}
+
+// IsHost indicates whether the container shares the host's ipc namespace.
+func (n IpcMode) IsHost() bool {
+	return n == "host"
+}
+
+// IsShareable indicates whether the container's ipc namespace can be shared with another container.
+func (n IpcMode) IsShareable() bool {
+	return n == "shareable"
+}
+
+// IsContainer indicates whether the container uses another container's ipc namespace.
+func (n IpcMode) IsContainer() bool {
+	parts := strings.SplitN(string(n), ":", 2)
+	return len(parts) > 1 && parts[0] == "container"
+}
+
+// IsNone indicates whether container IpcMode is set to "none".
+func (n IpcMode) IsNone() bool {
+	return n == "none"
+}
+
+// IsEmpty indicates whether container IpcMode is empty
+func (n IpcMode) IsEmpty() bool {
+	return n == ""
+}
+
+// Valid indicates whether the ipc mode is valid.
+func (n IpcMode) Valid() bool {
+	return n.IsEmpty() || n.IsNone() || n.IsPrivate() || n.IsHost() || n.IsShareable() || n.IsContainer()
+}
+
+// Container returns the name of the container ipc stack is going to be used.
+func (n IpcMode) Container() string {
+	parts := strings.SplitN(string(n), ":", 2)
+	if len(parts) > 1 && parts[0] == "container" {
+		return parts[1]
+	}
+	return ""
+}
+
+// NetworkMode represents the container network stack.
+type NetworkMode string
+
+// IsNone indicates whether container isn't using a network stack.
+func (n NetworkMode) IsNone() bool {
+	return n == "none"
+}
+
+// IsDefault indicates whether container uses the default network stack.
+func (n NetworkMode) IsDefault() bool {
+	return n == "default"
+}
+
+// IsPrivate indicates whether container uses its private network stack.
+func (n NetworkMode) IsPrivate() bool {
+	return !(n.IsHost() || n.IsContainer())
+}
+
+// IsContainer indicates whether container uses a container network stack.
+func (n NetworkMode) IsContainer() bool {
+	parts := strings.SplitN(string(n), ":", 2)
+	return len(parts) > 1 && parts[0] == "container"
+}
+
+// ConnectedContainer is the id of the container which network this container is connected to.
+func (n NetworkMode) ConnectedContainer() string {
+	parts := strings.SplitN(string(n), ":", 2)
+	if len(parts) > 1 {
+		return parts[1]
+	}
+	return ""
+}
+
+//UserDefined indicates user-created network
+func (n NetworkMode) UserDefined() string {
+	if n.IsUserDefined() {
+		return string(n)
+	}
+	return ""
+}
+
+// UsernsMode represents userns mode in the container.
+type UsernsMode string
+
+// IsHost indicates whether the container uses the host's userns.
+func (n UsernsMode) IsHost() bool {
+	return n == "host"
+}
+
+// IsPrivate indicates whether the container uses the a private userns.
+func (n UsernsMode) IsPrivate() bool {
+	return !(n.IsHost())
+}
+
+// Valid indicates whether the userns is valid.
+func (n UsernsMode) Valid() bool {
+	parts := strings.Split(string(n), ":")
+	switch mode := parts[0]; mode {
+	case "", "host":
+	default:
+		return false
+	}
+	return true
+}
+
+// CgroupSpec represents the cgroup to use for the container.
+type CgroupSpec string
+
+// IsContainer indicates whether the container is using another container cgroup
+func (c CgroupSpec) IsContainer() bool {
+	parts := strings.SplitN(string(c), ":", 2)
+	return len(parts) > 1 && parts[0] == "container"
+}
+
+// Valid indicates whether the cgroup spec is valid.
+func (c CgroupSpec) Valid() bool {
+	return c.IsContainer() || c == ""
+}
+
+// Container returns the name of the container whose cgroup will be used.
+func (c CgroupSpec) Container() string {
+	parts := strings.SplitN(string(c), ":", 2)
+	if len(parts) > 1 {
+		return parts[1]
+	}
+	return ""
+}
+
+// UTSMode represents the UTS namespace of the container.
+type UTSMode string
+
+// IsPrivate indicates whether the container uses its private UTS namespace.
+func (n UTSMode) IsPrivate() bool {
+	return !(n.IsHost())
+}
+
+// IsHost indicates whether the container uses the host's UTS namespace.
+func (n UTSMode) IsHost() bool {
+	return n == "host"
+}
+
+// Valid indicates whether the UTS namespace is valid.
+func (n UTSMode) Valid() bool {
+	parts := strings.Split(string(n), ":")
+	switch mode := parts[0]; mode {
+	case "", "host":
+	default:
+		return false
+	}
+	return true
+}
+
+// PidMode represents the pid namespace of the container.
+type PidMode string
+
+// IsPrivate indicates whether the container uses its own new pid namespace.
+func (n PidMode) IsPrivate() bool {
+	return !(n.IsHost() || n.IsContainer())
+}
+
+// IsHost indicates whether the container uses the host's pid namespace.
+func (n PidMode) IsHost() bool {
+	return n == "host"
+}
+
+// IsContainer indicates whether the container uses a container's pid namespace.
+func (n PidMode) IsContainer() bool {
+	parts := strings.SplitN(string(n), ":", 2)
+	return len(parts) > 1 && parts[0] == "container"
+}
+
+// Valid indicates whether the pid namespace is valid.
+func (n PidMode) Valid() bool {
+	parts := strings.Split(string(n), ":")
+	switch mode := parts[0]; mode {
+	case "", "host":
+	case "container":
+		if len(parts) != 2 || parts[1] == "" {
+			return false
+		}
+	default:
+		return false
+	}
+	return true
+}
+
+// Container returns the name of the container whose pid namespace is going to be used.
+func (n PidMode) Container() string {
+	parts := strings.SplitN(string(n), ":", 2)
+	if len(parts) > 1 {
+		return parts[1]
+	}
+	return ""
+}
+
+// DeviceMapping represents the device mapping between the host and the container.
+type DeviceMapping struct {
+	PathOnHost        string
+	PathInContainer   string
+	CgroupPermissions string
+}
+
+// RestartPolicy represents the restart policies of the container.
+type RestartPolicy struct {
+	Name              string
+	MaximumRetryCount int
+}
+
+// IsNone indicates whether the container has the "no" restart policy.
+// This means the container will not automatically restart when exiting.
+func (rp *RestartPolicy) IsNone() bool {
+	return rp.Name == "no" || rp.Name == ""
+}
+
+// IsAlways indicates whether the container has the "always" restart policy.
+// This means the container will automatically restart regardless of the exit status.
+func (rp *RestartPolicy) IsAlways() bool {
+	return rp.Name == "always"
+}
+
+// IsOnFailure indicates whether the container has the "on-failure" restart policy.
+// This means the container will automatically restart of exiting with a non-zero exit status.
+func (rp *RestartPolicy) IsOnFailure() bool {
+	return rp.Name == "on-failure"
+}
+
+// IsUnlessStopped indicates whether the container has the
+// "unless-stopped" restart policy. This means the container will
+// automatically restart unless user has put it to stopped state.
+func (rp *RestartPolicy) IsUnlessStopped() bool {
+	return rp.Name == "unless-stopped"
+}
+
+// IsSame compares two RestartPolicy to see if they are the same
+func (rp *RestartPolicy) IsSame(tp *RestartPolicy) bool {
+	return rp.Name == tp.Name && rp.MaximumRetryCount == tp.MaximumRetryCount
+}
+
+// LogMode is a type to define the available modes for logging
+// These modes affect how logs are handled when log messages start piling up.
+type LogMode string
+
+// Available logging modes
+const (
+	LogModeUnset            = ""
+	LogModeBlocking LogMode = "blocking"
+	LogModeNonBlock LogMode = "non-blocking"
+)
+
+// LogConfig represents the logging configuration of the container.
+type LogConfig struct {
+	Type   string
+	Config map[string]string
+}
+
+// Resources contains container's resources (cgroups config, ulimits...)
+type Resources struct {
+	// Applicable to all platforms
+	CPUShares int64 `json:"CpuShares"` // CPU shares (relative weight vs. other containers)
+	Memory    int64 // Memory limit (in bytes)
+	NanoCPUs  int64 `json:"NanoCpus"` // CPU quota in units of 10<sup>-9</sup> CPUs.
+
+	// Applicable to UNIX platforms
+	CgroupParent         string // Parent cgroup.
+	BlkioWeight          uint16 // Block IO weight (relative weight vs. other containers)
+	BlkioWeightDevice    []*blkiodev.WeightDevice
+	BlkioDeviceReadBps   []*blkiodev.ThrottleDevice
+	BlkioDeviceWriteBps  []*blkiodev.ThrottleDevice
+	BlkioDeviceReadIOps  []*blkiodev.ThrottleDevice
+	BlkioDeviceWriteIOps []*blkiodev.ThrottleDevice
+	CPUPeriod            int64           `json:"CpuPeriod"`          // CPU CFS (Completely Fair Scheduler) period
+	CPUQuota             int64           `json:"CpuQuota"`           // CPU CFS (Completely Fair Scheduler) quota
+	CPURealtimePeriod    int64           `json:"CpuRealtimePeriod"`  // CPU real-time period
+	CPURealtimeRuntime   int64           `json:"CpuRealtimeRuntime"` // CPU real-time runtime
+	CpusetCpus           string          // CpusetCpus 0-2, 0,1
+	CpusetMems           string          // CpusetMems 0-2, 0,1
+	Devices              []DeviceMapping // List of devices to map inside the container
+	DeviceCgroupRules    []string        // List of rule to be added to the device cgroup
+	DiskQuota            int64           // Disk limit (in bytes)
+	KernelMemory         int64           // Kernel memory limit (in bytes)
+	MemoryReservation    int64           // Memory soft limit (in bytes)
+	MemorySwap           int64           // Total memory usage (memory + swap); set `-1` to enable unlimited swap
+	MemorySwappiness     *int64          // Tuning container memory swappiness behaviour
+	OomKillDisable       *bool           // Whether to disable OOM Killer or not
+	PidsLimit            int64           // Setting pids limit for a container
+	Ulimits              []*units.Ulimit // List of ulimits to be set in the container
+
+	// Applicable to Windows
+	CPUCount           int64  `json:"CpuCount"`   // CPU count
+	CPUPercent         int64  `json:"CpuPercent"` // CPU percent
+	IOMaximumIOps      uint64 // Maximum IOps for the container system drive
+	IOMaximumBandwidth uint64 // Maximum IO in bytes per second for the container system drive
+}
+
+// UpdateConfig holds the mutable attributes of a Container.
+// Those attributes can be updated at runtime.
+type UpdateConfig struct {
+	// Contains container's resources (cgroups, ulimits)
+	Resources
+	RestartPolicy RestartPolicy
+}
+
+// HostConfig the non-portable Config structure of a container.
+// Here, "non-portable" means "dependent of the host we are running on".
+// Portable information *should* appear in Config.
+type HostConfig struct {
+	// Applicable to all platforms
+	Binds           []string      // List of volume bindings for this container
+	ContainerIDFile string        // File (path) where the containerId is written
+	LogConfig       LogConfig     // Configuration of the logs for this container
+	NetworkMode     NetworkMode   // Network mode to use for the container
+	PortBindings    nat.PortMap   // Port mapping between the exposed port (container) and the host
+	RestartPolicy   RestartPolicy // Restart policy to be used for the container
+	AutoRemove      bool          // Automatically remove container when it exits
+	VolumeDriver    string        // Name of the volume driver used to mount volumes
+	VolumesFrom     []string      // List of volumes to take from other container
+
+	// Applicable to UNIX platforms
+	CapAdd          strslice.StrSlice // List of kernel capabilities to add to the container
+	CapDrop         strslice.StrSlice // List of kernel capabilities to remove from the container
+	DNS             []string          `json:"Dns"`        // List of DNS server to lookup
+	DNSOptions      []string          `json:"DnsOptions"` // List of DNSOption to look for
+	DNSSearch       []string          `json:"DnsSearch"`  // List of DNSSearch to look for
+	ExtraHosts      []string          // List of extra hosts
+	GroupAdd        []string          // List of additional groups that the container process will run as
+	IpcMode         IpcMode           // IPC namespace to use for the container
+	Cgroup          CgroupSpec        // Cgroup to use for the container
+	Links           []string          // List of links (in the name:alias form)
+	OomScoreAdj     int               // Container preference for OOM-killing
+	PidMode         PidMode           // PID namespace to use for the container
+	Privileged      bool              // Is the container in privileged mode
+	PublishAllPorts bool              // Should docker publish all exposed port for the container
+	ReadonlyRootfs  bool              // Is the container root filesystem in read-only
+	SecurityOpt     []string          // List of string values to customize labels for MLS systems, such as SELinux.
+	StorageOpt      map[string]string `json:",omitempty"` // Storage driver options per container.
+	Tmpfs           map[string]string `json:",omitempty"` // List of tmpfs (mounts) used for the container
+	UTSMode         UTSMode           // UTS namespace to use for the container
+	UsernsMode      UsernsMode        // The user namespace to use for the container
+	ShmSize         int64             // Total shm memory usage
+	Sysctls         map[string]string `json:",omitempty"` // List of Namespaced sysctls used for the container
+	Runtime         string            `json:",omitempty"` // Runtime to use with this container
+
+	// Applicable to Windows
+	ConsoleSize [2]uint   // Initial console size (height,width)
+	Isolation   Isolation // Isolation technology of the container (e.g. default, hyperv)
+
+	// Contains container's resources (cgroups, ulimits)
+	Resources
+
+	// Mounts specs used by the container
+	Mounts []mount.Mount `json:",omitempty"`
+
+	// Run a custom init inside the container, if null, use the daemon's configured settings
+	Init *bool `json:",omitempty"`
+}

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/types/container/hostconfig_unix.go

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+// +build !windows
+
+package container
+
+// IsValid indicates if an isolation technology is valid
+func (i Isolation) IsValid() bool {
+	return i.IsDefault()
+}
+
+// NetworkName returns the name of the network stack.
+func (n NetworkMode) NetworkName() string {
+	if n.IsBridge() {
+		return "bridge"
+	} else if n.IsHost() {
+		return "host"
+	} else if n.IsContainer() {
+		return "container"
+	} else if n.IsNone() {
+		return "none"
+	} else if n.IsDefault() {
+		return "default"
+	} else if n.IsUserDefined() {
+		return n.UserDefined()
+	}
+	return ""
+}
+
+// IsBridge indicates whether container uses the bridge network stack
+func (n NetworkMode) IsBridge() bool {
+	return n == "bridge"
+}
+
+// IsHost indicates whether container uses the host network stack.
+func (n NetworkMode) IsHost() bool {
+	return n == "host"
+}
+
+// IsUserDefined indicates user-created network
+func (n NetworkMode) IsUserDefined() bool {
+	return !n.IsDefault() && !n.IsBridge() && !n.IsHost() && !n.IsNone() && !n.IsContainer()
+}

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/types/container/hostconfig_windows.go

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+package container
+
+import (
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// IsBridge indicates whether container uses the bridge network stack
+// in windows it is given the name NAT
+func (n NetworkMode) IsBridge() bool {
+	return n == "nat"
+}
+
+// IsHost indicates whether container uses the host network stack.
+// returns false as this is not supported by windows
+func (n NetworkMode) IsHost() bool {
+	return false
+}
+
+// IsUserDefined indicates user-created network
+func (n NetworkMode) IsUserDefined() bool {
+	return !n.IsDefault() && !n.IsNone() && !n.IsBridge() && !n.IsContainer()
+}
+
+// IsHyperV indicates the use of a Hyper-V partition for isolation
+func (i Isolation) IsHyperV() bool {
+	return strings.ToLower(string(i)) == "hyperv"
+}
+
+// IsProcess indicates the use of process isolation
+func (i Isolation) IsProcess() bool {
+	return strings.ToLower(string(i)) == "process"
+}
+
+// IsValid indicates if an isolation technology is valid
+func (i Isolation) IsValid() bool {
+	return i.IsDefault() || i.IsHyperV() || i.IsProcess()
+}
+
+// NetworkName returns the name of the network stack.
+func (n NetworkMode) NetworkName() string {
+	if n.IsDefault() {
+		return "default"
+	} else if n.IsBridge() {
+		return "nat"
+	} else if n.IsNone() {
+		return "none"
+	} else if n.IsContainer() {
+		return "container"
+	} else if n.IsUserDefined() {
+		return n.UserDefined()
+	}
+
+	return ""
+}

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/types/container/waitcondition.go

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+package container
+
+// WaitCondition is a type used to specify a container state for which
+// to wait.
+type WaitCondition string
+
+// Possible WaitCondition Values.
+//
+// WaitConditionNotRunning (default) is used to wait for any of the non-running
+// states: "created", "exited", "dead", "removing", or "removed".
+//
+// WaitConditionNextExit is used to wait for the next time the state changes
+// to a non-running state. If the state is currently "created" or "exited",
+// this would cause Wait() to block until either the container runs and exits
+// or is removed.
+//
+// WaitConditionRemoved is used to wait for the container to be removed.
+const (
+	WaitConditionNotRunning WaitCondition = "not-running"
+	WaitConditionNextExit   WaitCondition = "next-exit"
+	WaitConditionRemoved    WaitCondition = "removed"
+)

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/types/error_response.go

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+package types
+
+// This file was generated by the swagger tool.
+// Editing this file might prove futile when you re-run the swagger generate command
+
+// ErrorResponse Represents an error.
+// swagger:model ErrorResponse
+type ErrorResponse struct {
+
+	// The error message.
+	// Required: true
+	Message string `json:"message"`
+}

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/types/events/events.go

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+package events
+
+const (
+	// ContainerEventType is the event type that containers generate
+	ContainerEventType = "container"
+	// DaemonEventType is the event type that daemon generate
+	DaemonEventType = "daemon"
+	// ImageEventType is the event type that images generate
+	ImageEventType = "image"
+	// NetworkEventType is the event type that networks generate
+	NetworkEventType = "network"
+	// PluginEventType is the event type that plugins generate
+	PluginEventType = "plugin"
+	// VolumeEventType is the event type that volumes generate
+	VolumeEventType = "volume"
+	// ServiceEventType is the event type that services generate
+	ServiceEventType = "service"
+	// NodeEventType is the event type that nodes generate
+	NodeEventType = "node"
+	// SecretEventType is the event type that secrets generate
+	SecretEventType = "secret"
+	// ConfigEventType is the event type that configs generate
+	ConfigEventType = "config"
+)
+
+// Actor describes something that generates events,
+// like a container, or a network, or a volume.
+// It has a defined name and a set or attributes.
+// The container attributes are its labels, other actors
+// can generate these attributes from other properties.
+type Actor struct {
+	ID         string
+	Attributes map[string]string
+}
+
+// Message represents the information an event contains
+type Message struct {
+	// Deprecated information from JSONMessage.
+	// With data only in container events.
+	Status string `json:"status,omitempty"`
+	ID     string `json:"id,omitempty"`
+	From   string `json:"from,omitempty"`
+
+	Type   string
+	Action string
+	Actor  Actor
+	// Engine events are local scope. Cluster events are swarm scope.
+	Scope string `json:"scope,omitempty"`
+
+	Time     int64 `json:"time,omitempty"`
+	TimeNano int64 `json:"timeNano,omitempty"`
+}

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/types/filters/parse.go

@@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
+/*Package filters provides tools for encoding a mapping of keys to a set of
+multiple values.
+*/
+package filters
+
+import (
+	"encoding/json"
+	"errors"
+	"regexp"
+	"strings"
+
+	"docker.io/go-docker/api/types/versions"
+)
+
+// Args stores a mapping of keys to a set of multiple values.
+type Args struct {
+	fields map[string]map[string]bool
+}
+
+// KeyValuePair are used to initialize a new Args
+type KeyValuePair struct {
+	Key   string
+	Value string
+}
+
+// Arg creates a new KeyValuePair for initializing Args
+func Arg(key, value string) KeyValuePair {
+	return KeyValuePair{Key: key, Value: value}
+}
+
+// NewArgs returns a new Args populated with the initial args
+func NewArgs(initialArgs ...KeyValuePair) Args {
+	args := Args{fields: map[string]map[string]bool{}}
+	for _, arg := range initialArgs {
+		args.Add(arg.Key, arg.Value)
+	}
+	return args
+}
+
+// ParseFlag parses a key=value string and adds it to an Args.
+//
+// Deprecated: Use Args.Add()
+func ParseFlag(arg string, prev Args) (Args, error) {
+	filters := prev
+	if len(arg) == 0 {
+		return filters, nil
+	}
+
+	if !strings.Contains(arg, "=") {
+		return filters, ErrBadFormat
+	}
+
+	f := strings.SplitN(arg, "=", 2)
+
+	name := strings.ToLower(strings.TrimSpace(f[0]))
+	value := strings.TrimSpace(f[1])
+
+	filters.Add(name, value)
+
+	return filters, nil
+}
+
+// ErrBadFormat is an error returned when a filter is not in the form key=value
+//
+// Deprecated: this error will be removed in a future version
+var ErrBadFormat = errors.New("bad format of filter (expected name=value)")
+
+// ToParam encodes the Args as args JSON encoded string
+//
+// Deprecated: use ToJSON
+func ToParam(a Args) (string, error) {
+	return ToJSON(a)
+}
+
+// MarshalJSON returns a JSON byte representation of the Args
+func (args Args) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
+	if len(args.fields) == 0 {
+		return []byte{}, nil
+	}
+	return json.Marshal(args.fields)
+}
+
+// ToJSON returns the Args as a JSON encoded string
+func ToJSON(a Args) (string, error) {
+	if a.Len() == 0 {
+		return "", nil
+	}
+	buf, err := json.Marshal(a)
+	return string(buf), err
+}
+
+// ToParamWithVersion encodes Args as a JSON string. If version is less than 1.22
+// then the encoded format will use an older legacy format where the values are a
+// list of strings, instead of a set.
+//
+// Deprecated: Use ToJSON
+func ToParamWithVersion(version string, a Args) (string, error) {
+	if a.Len() == 0 {
+		return "", nil
+	}
+
+	if version != "" && versions.LessThan(version, "1.22") {
+		buf, err := json.Marshal(convertArgsToSlice(a.fields))
+		return string(buf), err
+	}
+
+	return ToJSON(a)
+}
+
+// FromParam decodes a JSON encoded string into Args
+//
+// Deprecated: use FromJSON
+func FromParam(p string) (Args, error) {
+	return FromJSON(p)
+}
+
+// FromJSON decodes a JSON encoded string into Args
+func FromJSON(p string) (Args, error) {
+	args := NewArgs()
+
+	if p == "" {
+		return args, nil
+	}
+
+	raw := []byte(p)
+	err := json.Unmarshal(raw, &args)
+	if err == nil {
+		return args, nil
+	}
+
+	// Fallback to parsing arguments in the legacy slice format
+	deprecated := map[string][]string{}
+	if legacyErr := json.Unmarshal(raw, &deprecated); legacyErr != nil {
+		return args, err
+	}
+
+	args.fields = deprecatedArgs(deprecated)
+	return args, nil
+}
+
+// UnmarshalJSON populates the Args from JSON encode bytes
+func (args Args) UnmarshalJSON(raw []byte) error {
+	if len(raw) == 0 {
+		return nil
+	}
+	return json.Unmarshal(raw, &args.fields)
+}
+
+// Get returns the list of values associated with the key
+func (args Args) Get(key string) []string {
+	values := args.fields[key]
+	if values == nil {
+		return make([]string, 0)
+	}
+	slice := make([]string, 0, len(values))
+	for key := range values {
+		slice = append(slice, key)
+	}
+	return slice
+}
+
+// Add a new value to the set of values
+func (args Args) Add(key, value string) {
+	if _, ok := args.fields[key]; ok {
+		args.fields[key][value] = true
+	} else {
+		args.fields[key] = map[string]bool{value: true}
+	}
+}
+
+// Del removes a value from the set
+func (args Args) Del(key, value string) {
+	if _, ok := args.fields[key]; ok {
+		delete(args.fields[key], value)
+		if len(args.fields[key]) == 0 {
+			delete(args.fields, key)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// Len returns the number of keys in the mapping
+func (args Args) Len() int {
+	return len(args.fields)
+}
+
+// MatchKVList returns true if all the pairs in sources exist as key=value
+// pairs in the mapping at key, or if there are no values at key.
+func (args Args) MatchKVList(key string, sources map[string]string) bool {
+	fieldValues := args.fields[key]
+
+	//do not filter if there is no filter set or cannot determine filter
+	if len(fieldValues) == 0 {
+		return true
+	}
+
+	if len(sources) == 0 {
+		return false
+	}
+
+	for value := range fieldValues {
+		testKV := strings.SplitN(value, "=", 2)
+
+		v, ok := sources[testKV[0]]
+		if !ok {
+			return false
+		}
+		if len(testKV) == 2 && testKV[1] != v {
+			return false
+		}
+	}
+
+	return true
+}
+
+// Match returns true if any of the values at key match the source string
+func (args Args) Match(field, source string) bool {
+	if args.ExactMatch(field, source) {
+		return true
+	}
+
+	fieldValues := args.fields[field]
+	for name2match := range fieldValues {
+		match, err := regexp.MatchString(name2match, source)
+		if err != nil {
+			continue
+		}
+		if match {
+			return true
+		}
+	}
+	return false
+}
+
+// ExactMatch returns true if the source matches exactly one of the values.
+func (args Args) ExactMatch(key, source string) bool {
+	fieldValues, ok := args.fields[key]
+	//do not filter if there is no filter set or cannot determine filter
+	if !ok || len(fieldValues) == 0 {
+		return true
+	}
+
+	// try to match full name value to avoid O(N) regular expression matching
+	return fieldValues[source]
+}
+
+// UniqueExactMatch returns true if there is only one value and the source
+// matches exactly the value.
+func (args Args) UniqueExactMatch(key, source string) bool {
+	fieldValues := args.fields[key]
+	//do not filter if there is no filter set or cannot determine filter
+	if len(fieldValues) == 0 {
+		return true
+	}
+	if len(args.fields[key]) != 1 {
+		return false
+	}
+
+	// try to match full name value to avoid O(N) regular expression matching
+	return fieldValues[source]
+}
+
+// FuzzyMatch returns true if the source matches exactly one value,  or the
+// source has one of the values as a prefix.
+func (args Args) FuzzyMatch(key, source string) bool {
+	if args.ExactMatch(key, source) {
+		return true
+	}
+
+	fieldValues := args.fields[key]
+	for prefix := range fieldValues {
+		if strings.HasPrefix(source, prefix) {
+			return true
+		}
+	}
+	return false
+}
+
+// Include returns true if the key exists in the mapping
+//
+// Deprecated: use Contains
+func (args Args) Include(field string) bool {
+	_, ok := args.fields[field]
+	return ok
+}
+
+// Contains returns true if the key exists in the mapping
+func (args Args) Contains(field string) bool {
+	_, ok := args.fields[field]
+	return ok
+}
+
+type invalidFilter string
+
+func (e invalidFilter) Error() string {
+	return "Invalid filter '" + string(e) + "'"
+}
+
+func (invalidFilter) InvalidParameter() {}
+
+// Validate compared the set of accepted keys against the keys in the mapping.
+// An error is returned if any mapping keys are not in the accepted set.
+func (args Args) Validate(accepted map[string]bool) error {
+	for name := range args.fields {
+		if !accepted[name] {
+			return invalidFilter(name)
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// WalkValues iterates over the list of values for a key in the mapping and calls
+// op() for each value. If op returns an error the iteration stops and the
+// error is returned.
+func (args Args) WalkValues(field string, op func(value string) error) error {
+	if _, ok := args.fields[field]; !ok {
+		return nil
+	}
+	for v := range args.fields[field] {
+		if err := op(v); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+func deprecatedArgs(d map[string][]string) map[string]map[string]bool {
+	m := map[string]map[string]bool{}
+	for k, v := range d {
+		values := map[string]bool{}
+		for _, vv := range v {
+			values[vv] = true
+		}
+		m[k] = values
+	}
+	return m
+}
+
+func convertArgsToSlice(f map[string]map[string]bool) map[string][]string {
+	m := map[string][]string{}
+	for k, v := range f {
+		values := []string{}
+		for kk := range v {
+			if v[kk] {
+				values = append(values, kk)
+			}
+		}
+		m[k] = values
+	}
+	return m
+}

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/types/graph_driver_data.go

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+package types
+
+// This file was generated by the swagger tool.
+// Editing this file might prove futile when you re-run the swagger generate command
+
+// GraphDriverData Information about a container's graph driver.
+// swagger:model GraphDriverData
+type GraphDriverData struct {
+
+	// data
+	// Required: true
+	Data map[string]string `json:"Data"`
+
+	// name
+	// Required: true
+	Name string `json:"Name"`
+}

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/types/id_response.go

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+package types
+
+// This file was generated by the swagger tool.
+// Editing this file might prove futile when you re-run the swagger generate command
+
+// IDResponse Response to an API call that returns just an Id
+// swagger:model IdResponse
+type IDResponse struct {
+
+	// The id of the newly created object.
+	// Required: true
+	ID string `json:"Id"`
+}

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/types/image/image_history.go

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+package image
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE
+// This file was generated by `swagger generate operation`
+//
+// See hack/generate-swagger-api.sh
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// HistoryResponseItem history response item
+// swagger:model HistoryResponseItem
+type HistoryResponseItem struct {
+
+	// comment
+	// Required: true
+	Comment string `json:"Comment"`
+
+	// created
+	// Required: true
+	Created int64 `json:"Created"`
+
+	// created by
+	// Required: true
+	CreatedBy string `json:"CreatedBy"`
+
+	// Id
+	// Required: true
+	ID string `json:"Id"`
+
+	// size
+	// Required: true
+	Size int64 `json:"Size"`
+
+	// tags
+	// Required: true
+	Tags []string `json:"Tags"`
+}

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/types/image_delete_response_item.go

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+package types
+
+// This file was generated by the swagger tool.
+// Editing this file might prove futile when you re-run the swagger generate command
+
+// ImageDeleteResponseItem image delete response item
+// swagger:model ImageDeleteResponseItem
+type ImageDeleteResponseItem struct {
+
+	// The image ID of an image that was deleted
+	Deleted string `json:"Deleted,omitempty"`
+
+	// The image ID of an image that was untagged
+	Untagged string `json:"Untagged,omitempty"`
+}

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/types/image_summary.go

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+package types
+
+// This file was generated by the swagger tool.
+// Editing this file might prove futile when you re-run the swagger generate command
+
+// ImageSummary image summary
+// swagger:model ImageSummary
+type ImageSummary struct {
+
+	// containers
+	// Required: true
+	Containers int64 `json:"Containers"`
+
+	// created
+	// Required: true
+	Created int64 `json:"Created"`
+
+	// Id
+	// Required: true
+	ID string `json:"Id"`
+
+	// labels
+	// Required: true
+	Labels map[string]string `json:"Labels"`
+
+	// parent Id
+	// Required: true
+	ParentID string `json:"ParentId"`
+
+	// repo digests
+	// Required: true
+	RepoDigests []string `json:"RepoDigests"`
+
+	// repo tags
+	// Required: true
+	RepoTags []string `json:"RepoTags"`
+
+	// shared size
+	// Required: true
+	SharedSize int64 `json:"SharedSize"`
+
+	// size
+	// Required: true
+	Size int64 `json:"Size"`
+
+	// virtual size
+	// Required: true
+	VirtualSize int64 `json:"VirtualSize"`
+}

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/types/mount/mount.go

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+package mount
+
+import (
+	"os"
+)
+
+// Type represents the type of a mount.
+type Type string
+
+// Type constants
+const (
+	// TypeBind is the type for mounting host dir
+	TypeBind Type = "bind"
+	// TypeVolume is the type for remote storage volumes
+	TypeVolume Type = "volume"
+	// TypeTmpfs is the type for mounting tmpfs
+	TypeTmpfs Type = "tmpfs"
+	// TypeNamedPipe is the type for mounting Windows named pipes
+	TypeNamedPipe Type = "npipe"
+)
+
+// Mount represents a mount (volume).
+type Mount struct {
+	Type Type `json:",omitempty"`
+	// Source specifies the name of the mount. Depending on mount type, this
+	// may be a volume name or a host path, or even ignored.
+	// Source is not supported for tmpfs (must be an empty value)
+	Source      string      `json:",omitempty"`
+	Target      string      `json:",omitempty"`
+	ReadOnly    bool        `json:",omitempty"`
+	Consistency Consistency `json:",omitempty"`
+
+	BindOptions   *BindOptions   `json:",omitempty"`
+	VolumeOptions *VolumeOptions `json:",omitempty"`
+	TmpfsOptions  *TmpfsOptions  `json:",omitempty"`
+}
+
+// Propagation represents the propagation of a mount.
+type Propagation string
+
+const (
+	// PropagationRPrivate RPRIVATE
+	PropagationRPrivate Propagation = "rprivate"
+	// PropagationPrivate PRIVATE
+	PropagationPrivate Propagation = "private"
+	// PropagationRShared RSHARED
+	PropagationRShared Propagation = "rshared"
+	// PropagationShared SHARED
+	PropagationShared Propagation = "shared"
+	// PropagationRSlave RSLAVE
+	PropagationRSlave Propagation = "rslave"
+	// PropagationSlave SLAVE
+	PropagationSlave Propagation = "slave"
+)
+
+// Propagations is the list of all valid mount propagations
+var Propagations = []Propagation{
+	PropagationRPrivate,
+	PropagationPrivate,
+	PropagationRShared,
+	PropagationShared,
+	PropagationRSlave,
+	PropagationSlave,
+}
+
+// Consistency represents the consistency requirements of a mount.
+type Consistency string
+
+const (
+	// ConsistencyFull guarantees bind mount-like consistency
+	ConsistencyFull Consistency = "consistent"
+	// ConsistencyCached mounts can cache read data and FS structure
+	ConsistencyCached Consistency = "cached"
+	// ConsistencyDelegated mounts can cache read and written data and structure
+	ConsistencyDelegated Consistency = "delegated"
+	// ConsistencyDefault provides "consistent" behavior unless overridden
+	ConsistencyDefault Consistency = "default"
+)
+
+// BindOptions defines options specific to mounts of type "bind".
+type BindOptions struct {
+	Propagation Propagation `json:",omitempty"`
+}
+
+// VolumeOptions represents the options for a mount of type volume.
+type VolumeOptions struct {
+	NoCopy       bool              `json:",omitempty"`
+	Labels       map[string]string `json:",omitempty"`
+	DriverConfig *Driver           `json:",omitempty"`
+}
+
+// Driver represents a volume driver.
+type Driver struct {
+	Name    string            `json:",omitempty"`
+	Options map[string]string `json:",omitempty"`
+}
+
+// TmpfsOptions defines options specific to mounts of type "tmpfs".
+type TmpfsOptions struct {
+	// Size sets the size of the tmpfs, in bytes.
+	//
+	// This will be converted to an operating system specific value
+	// depending on the host. For example, on linux, it will be converted to
+	// use a 'k', 'm' or 'g' syntax. BSD, though not widely supported with
+	// docker, uses a straight byte value.
+	//
+	// Percentages are not supported.
+	SizeBytes int64 `json:",omitempty"`
+	// Mode of the tmpfs upon creation
+	Mode os.FileMode `json:",omitempty"`
+
+	// TODO(stevvooe): There are several more tmpfs flags, specified in the
+	// daemon, that are accepted. Only the most basic are added for now.
+	//
+	// From docker/docker/pkg/mount/flags.go:
+	//
+	// var validFlags = map[string]bool{
+	// 	"":          true,
+	// 	"size":      true, X
+	// 	"mode":      true, X
+	// 	"uid":       true,
+	// 	"gid":       true,
+	// 	"nr_inodes": true,
+	// 	"nr_blocks": true,
+	// 	"mpol":      true,
+	// }
+	//
+	// Some of these may be straightforward to add, but others, such as
+	// uid/gid have implications in a clustered system.
+}

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/types/network/network.go

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+package network
+
+// Address represents an IP address
+type Address struct {
+	Addr      string
+	PrefixLen int
+}
+
+// IPAM represents IP Address Management
+type IPAM struct {
+	Driver  string
+	Options map[string]string //Per network IPAM driver options
+	Config  []IPAMConfig
+}
+
+// IPAMConfig represents IPAM configurations
+type IPAMConfig struct {
+	Subnet     string            `json:",omitempty"`
+	IPRange    string            `json:",omitempty"`
+	Gateway    string            `json:",omitempty"`
+	AuxAddress map[string]string `json:"AuxiliaryAddresses,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// EndpointIPAMConfig represents IPAM configurations for the endpoint
+type EndpointIPAMConfig struct {
+	IPv4Address  string   `json:",omitempty"`
+	IPv6Address  string   `json:",omitempty"`
+	LinkLocalIPs []string `json:",omitempty"`
+}
+
+// Copy makes a copy of the endpoint ipam config
+func (cfg *EndpointIPAMConfig) Copy() *EndpointIPAMConfig {
+	cfgCopy := *cfg
+	cfgCopy.LinkLocalIPs = make([]string, 0, len(cfg.LinkLocalIPs))
+	cfgCopy.LinkLocalIPs = append(cfgCopy.LinkLocalIPs, cfg.LinkLocalIPs...)
+	return &cfgCopy
+}
+
+// PeerInfo represents one peer of an overlay network
+type PeerInfo struct {
+	Name string
+	IP   string
+}
+
+// EndpointSettings stores the network endpoint details
+type EndpointSettings struct {
+	// Configurations
+	IPAMConfig *EndpointIPAMConfig
+	Links      []string
+	Aliases    []string
+	// Operational data
+	NetworkID           string
+	EndpointID          string
+	Gateway             string
+	IPAddress           string
+	IPPrefixLen         int
+	IPv6Gateway         string
+	GlobalIPv6Address   string
+	GlobalIPv6PrefixLen int
+	MacAddress          string
+	DriverOpts          map[string]string
+}
+
+// Task carries the information about one backend task
+type Task struct {
+	Name       string
+	EndpointID string
+	EndpointIP string
+	Info       map[string]string
+}
+
+// ServiceInfo represents service parameters with the list of service's tasks
+type ServiceInfo struct {
+	VIP          string
+	Ports        []string
+	LocalLBIndex int
+	Tasks        []Task
+}
+
+// Copy makes a deep copy of `EndpointSettings`
+func (es *EndpointSettings) Copy() *EndpointSettings {
+	epCopy := *es
+	if es.IPAMConfig != nil {
+		epCopy.IPAMConfig = es.IPAMConfig.Copy()
+	}
+
+	if es.Links != nil {
+		links := make([]string, 0, len(es.Links))
+		epCopy.Links = append(links, es.Links...)
+	}
+
+	if es.Aliases != nil {
+		aliases := make([]string, 0, len(es.Aliases))
+		epCopy.Aliases = append(aliases, es.Aliases...)
+	}
+	return &epCopy
+}
+
+// NetworkingConfig represents the container's networking configuration for each of its interfaces
+// Carries the networking configs specified in the `docker run` and `docker network connect` commands
+type NetworkingConfig struct {
+	EndpointsConfig map[string]*EndpointSettings // Endpoint configs for each connecting network
+}
+
+// ConfigReference specifies the source which provides a network's configuration
+type ConfigReference struct {
+	Network string
+}

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/types/plugin.go

@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+package types
+
+// This file was generated by the swagger tool.
+// Editing this file might prove futile when you re-run the swagger generate command
+
+// Plugin A plugin for the Engine API
+// swagger:model Plugin
+type Plugin struct {
+
+	// config
+	// Required: true
+	Config PluginConfig `json:"Config"`
+
+	// True if the plugin is running. False if the plugin is not running, only installed.
+	// Required: true
+	Enabled bool `json:"Enabled"`
+
+	// Id
+	ID string `json:"Id,omitempty"`
+
+	// name
+	// Required: true
+	Name string `json:"Name"`
+
+	// plugin remote reference used to push/pull the plugin
+	PluginReference string `json:"PluginReference,omitempty"`
+
+	// settings
+	// Required: true
+	Settings PluginSettings `json:"Settings"`
+}
+
+// PluginConfig The config of a plugin.
+// swagger:model PluginConfig
+type PluginConfig struct {
+
+	// args
+	// Required: true
+	Args PluginConfigArgs `json:"Args"`
+
+	// description
+	// Required: true
+	Description string `json:"Description"`
+
+	// Docker Version used to create the plugin
+	DockerVersion string `json:"DockerVersion,omitempty"`
+
+	// documentation
+	// Required: true
+	Documentation string `json:"Documentation"`
+
+	// entrypoint
+	// Required: true
+	Entrypoint []string `json:"Entrypoint"`
+
+	// env
+	// Required: true
+	Env []PluginEnv `json:"Env"`
+
+	// interface
+	// Required: true
+	Interface PluginConfigInterface `json:"Interface"`
+
+	// ipc host
+	// Required: true
+	IpcHost bool `json:"IpcHost"`
+
+	// linux
+	// Required: true
+	Linux PluginConfigLinux `json:"Linux"`
+
+	// mounts
+	// Required: true
+	Mounts []PluginMount `json:"Mounts"`
+
+	// network
+	// Required: true
+	Network PluginConfigNetwork `json:"Network"`
+
+	// pid host
+	// Required: true
+	PidHost bool `json:"PidHost"`
+
+	// propagated mount
+	// Required: true
+	PropagatedMount string `json:"PropagatedMount"`
+
+	// user
+	User PluginConfigUser `json:"User,omitempty"`
+
+	// work dir
+	// Required: true
+	WorkDir string `json:"WorkDir"`
+
+	// rootfs
+	Rootfs *PluginConfigRootfs `json:"rootfs,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// PluginConfigArgs plugin config args
+// swagger:model PluginConfigArgs
+type PluginConfigArgs struct {
+
+	// description
+	// Required: true
+	Description string `json:"Description"`
+
+	// name
+	// Required: true
+	Name string `json:"Name"`
+
+	// settable
+	// Required: true
+	Settable []string `json:"Settable"`
+
+	// value
+	// Required: true
+	Value []string `json:"Value"`
+}
+
+// PluginConfigInterface The interface between Docker and the plugin
+// swagger:model PluginConfigInterface
+type PluginConfigInterface struct {
+
+	// socket
+	// Required: true
+	Socket string `json:"Socket"`
+
+	// types
+	// Required: true
+	Types []PluginInterfaceType `json:"Types"`
+}
+
+// PluginConfigLinux plugin config linux
+// swagger:model PluginConfigLinux
+type PluginConfigLinux struct {
+
+	// allow all devices
+	// Required: true
+	AllowAllDevices bool `json:"AllowAllDevices"`
+
+	// capabilities
+	// Required: true
+	Capabilities []string `json:"Capabilities"`
+
+	// devices
+	// Required: true
+	Devices []PluginDevice `json:"Devices"`
+}
+
+// PluginConfigNetwork plugin config network
+// swagger:model PluginConfigNetwork
+type PluginConfigNetwork struct {
+
+	// type
+	// Required: true
+	Type string `json:"Type"`
+}
+
+// PluginConfigRootfs plugin config rootfs
+// swagger:model PluginConfigRootfs
+type PluginConfigRootfs struct {
+
+	// diff ids
+	DiffIds []string `json:"diff_ids"`
+
+	// type
+	Type string `json:"type,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// PluginConfigUser plugin config user
+// swagger:model PluginConfigUser
+type PluginConfigUser struct {
+
+	// g ID
+	GID uint32 `json:"GID,omitempty"`
+
+	// UID
+	UID uint32 `json:"UID,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// PluginSettings Settings that can be modified by users.
+// swagger:model PluginSettings
+type PluginSettings struct {
+
+	// args
+	// Required: true
+	Args []string `json:"Args"`
+
+	// devices
+	// Required: true
+	Devices []PluginDevice `json:"Devices"`
+
+	// env
+	// Required: true
+	Env []string `json:"Env"`
+
+	// mounts
+	// Required: true
+	Mounts []PluginMount `json:"Mounts"`
+}

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/types/plugin_device.go

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+package types
+
+// This file was generated by the swagger tool.
+// Editing this file might prove futile when you re-run the swagger generate command
+
+// PluginDevice plugin device
+// swagger:model PluginDevice
+type PluginDevice struct {
+
+	// description
+	// Required: true
+	Description string `json:"Description"`
+
+	// name
+	// Required: true
+	Name string `json:"Name"`
+
+	// path
+	// Required: true
+	Path *string `json:"Path"`
+
+	// settable
+	// Required: true
+	Settable []string `json:"Settable"`
+}

vendor/docker.io/go-docker/api/types/plugin_env.go

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+package types
+
+// This file was generated by the swagger tool.
+// Editing this file might prove futile when you re-run the swagger generate command
+
+// PluginEnv plugin env
+// swagger:model PluginEnv
+type PluginEnv struct {
+
+	// description
+	// Required: true
+	Description string `json:"Description"`
+
+	// name
+	// Required: true
+	Name string `json:"Name"`
+
+	// settable
+	// Required: true
+	Settable []string `json:"Settable"`
+
+	// value
+	// Required: true
+	Value *string `json:"Value"`
+}